6005 Servo Tank Gauge - varec.com · IOM007NVAE2415 Automation Solutions for oil & gas, defense and...

IOM007NVAE2415

Automation Solutions for oil & gas, defense and aviation applications

Installation and Operations M

anualD

ispatch and Fuels Accounting

6005 Servo Tank GaugeIntelligent tank gauge for high accuracy liquid level measurement in storage and process applicationsSoftware Version 4.27G

Varec, Inc. iii

Copyright

All rights reserved. Printed in the United States of America.

Except as permitted under the United States Copyright Act of 1976, no part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means - electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise - without the prior written permission of the Publisher:

Varec, Inc.5834 Peachtree Corners EastPeachtree Corners (Atlanta), Georgia 30092Phone: (770) 447-9202Fax: (770) 662-8939

Trademarks Acknowledged

Varec, Inc. recognizes all other trademarks. Trademarks of other products mentioned in this manual are held by the companies producing them.

FuelsManager®, TankView®, TacFuels®, Varec®, and FuelsManager IntoPlane® are registered trademarks of Varec, Inc.

HART® Registered trademark of HART Communication Foundation, Austin, USA

ToF® Registered trademark of the company Endress+Hauser GmbH+Co. KG, Maulburg, Germany

FieldCare® Registered trademark of the company Endress+Hauser Flowtec AG, Rheinach, CH

All other product and service names mentioned are the trademarks of their respective companies.

Product Approvals

This document and the information provided within are controlled by the approvals agency(s) listed below. All changes to this document must be submitted to and approved by the agency(s) before public release.

• FM Approvals (FM)• Canadian Standards Association (CSA)• DERKA (ATEX)

Disclaimer of Warranties

The contract between the Seller and the Buyer states the entire obligation of the Seller. The contents of this instruction manual shall not become part of or modify any prior or existing agreement, commitment, or relationship between the Seller and Buyer. There are no express or implied warranties set out in this instruction manual. The only warranties that apply are those in the existing contract between the Seller and Buyer.

The 6005 Servo Tank Gauge (STG) has not been tested by Varec under all possible operational conditions, and Varec may not have all the data relative to your application. The information in this instruction manual is not all inclusive and does not and cannot take into account all unique situations. Consequently, the user should review this product literature in view of his or her application. If you have any further questions, please contact Varec for assistance at (770) 447-9202.

Limitations of Seller's Liability

In the event that a court holds that this instruction manual created some new warranties, Seller's liability shall be limited to repair or replacement under the standard warranty clause. In no case shall the Seller's liability exceed that stated as Limitations of Remedy in the contract between the Seller and Buyer.

Use of parts that are not manufactured or supplied by Varec voids any warranty and relieves Varec of any obligation to service the product under warranty. Varec recommends the use of only Varec manufactured or supplied parts to maintain or service Varec 6005 Servo Tank Gauges.

Terms of Use

The information provided in this document is provided "as is" without warranty of any kind. Varec, Inc. disclaim all warranties, either express or implied, including the warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. In no event shall Varec, Inc. or its suppliers be liable for any damages whatsoever including direct, indirect, incidental, consequential, loss of business profits or special damages, even if Varec, Inc. or its suppliers have been advised of the possibility of such damages.

This manual is solely intended to describe product installation and functions and should not be used for any other purpose. It is subject to change without prior notice. This manual was prepared with the highest degree of care. However, should you find any errors or have any questions, contact one of our service offices, your local sales agent, or Varec at:

Varec, Inc.5834 Peachtree Corners EastPeachtree Corners (Atlanta), Georgia 30092Phone: (770) 447-9202Fax: (770) 662-8939

iv Installation and Operations Manual

Safety Precaution Definitions

Caution! Damage to equipment may result if this precaution is disregarded.

Warning! Direct injury to personnel or damage to equipment which can cause injury to personnel may result if this precaution is not followed.

Safety Precautions

Read this manual carefully and make sure you understand its contents before using this product. Follow all instructions and safety guidelines presented in this manual when using this product. If the user does not follow these instructions properly, Varec cannot guarantee the safety of the system.

Note Comply with all applicable regulations, codes, and standards. For safety precautions, the user should refer to the appropriate industry or military standards.

Caution! Electrical Hazard! Read and understand static and lightning electrical protection and grounding described in API 2003. Make certain that the tank installation, operation, and maintenance conforms with the practice set forth therein.

Varec, Inc. v

vi Installation and Operations Manual

Varec, Inc. vii

Contents

1 Safety Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Designated Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1Installation, Commissioning, and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1Product Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

Power source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1Use in hazardous areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1External connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2

Operational Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2Hazardous area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2

Electrostatic Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3Notes on Safety Conventions and Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4

2 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Incoming Acceptance, Transport, and Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7Incoming Acceptance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7

Terms Related to the Tank Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8Product Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9Necessary Tools for Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9

3 Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Device Designation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11

Scope of Delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13Certificates and Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14

CE mark, Declaration of Conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14

4 Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Application Drawing for Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15Mounting without Guide System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16Mounting with Stilling Well . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17

Pipe diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17Recommendations for Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

Mounting with Guide Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20Guide Wire Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20Weight Calibration Method for Guide Wire Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22Tank Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23Floating roof tank and /or covered floating roof Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25High or Low Temperature Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27

Mounting Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28

Electrostatic Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30Installation for Wire Drum and Displacer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30

viii Installation and Operations Manual

All-in-One . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Displacer Shipped Separately . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Displacer Shipped Separately (Diameter 50mm Displacer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

5 Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37

Wiring Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Terminal Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Ex d IIB, Output 1: V1, RS485, HART, Enraf BPM, MODBUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Ex d[ia] IIB, Output 1: V1, RS485, HART, Enraf BPM, MODBUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Whessoe Matic 550 (WM550) protocol with non-intrinsic safety certificates . . . . . . . 40Whessoe Matic 550 (WM550) protocol with intrinsic safety certificates . . . . . . . . . . 41Exd, Output 1: Mark/Space (M/S) Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Exd [ia], Output 1: Mark/Space (M/S) Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Input and Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Cable gland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Temperature Input System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Ex d HART input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Ex d Pt100 Spot Temperature Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Ex ia HART input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Ex ia Pt100 Spot Temperature Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

6 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49

Touch Control and Programming Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Display and Operating Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Functions of the Operating Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

HOME Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Access Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Setting an Access Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Operation Command and New Operation Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Operation Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57New Operation Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Operation of the Displacer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Calculation of Level and Densities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Surface and Interface Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Tank Bottom Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Densities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

7 Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63

Initial Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63System calendar/clock (GVH193 to 197) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Density values (GVH005 to 007) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Tank Height (GVH140) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Upper/Lower Stop (GVH161/162) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Communications Address (GVH285) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Proactive Safety Function (GVH157/158/159) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Analog output (GVH250 to 256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66Contact Relay Alarm output (GVH240 to 247) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Settings for the 453x Temperature Device Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67Settings for the 4560 Servo Monitor Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68Liquid Level Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Open Tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Closed Tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Remote Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Digital Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Contents

Varec, Inc. ix

Whessoe Matic 550 (WM550) Communication Board Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73Mark/Space (M/S) communication board setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73ENRAF Bi Phase communication board (COM-3) setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76Analog Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77Contact Relay Alarm Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78Relay Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79

Density Measurement and Density Profile Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80Spot Density Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80Density Profile Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82

Interface Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89Sealing of the 6005 STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90

8 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Exterior Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91Replacing Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91Repairs to Ex-approved Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92

9 Diagnosis and Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Selection of Diagnostic Code and History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93Error and Status Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94Diagnostics and Troubleshooting: Flowcharts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97Setting after Parts Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102Intelligent Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104

Maintenance prediction function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104Spare Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104

6005 STG Spare Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1056005 STG Spare Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105

Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108Gauge Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108Contact Addresses of Varec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109

10 Displacer and Measuring Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Shape, Diameter, and Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111Displacer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111Measuring Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111

Alarm History Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112List of Alarm Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Hall Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Initial Weight Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115

Displacer weight calibration — level measurement function only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Displacer Weight Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117

11 Programming Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Description of the Programming Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129

x Installation and Operations Manual

12 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165

13 Order Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167

A Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

RS-485 MODBUS (COM- 5) Terminator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1How to set terminator switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Changing Measurement Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Winding wire onto wire drum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Displacer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Displacer installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6PTFE Displacer Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Displacers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Varec, Inc. 1

Chapter 1

Safety Instructions

Designated Use The 6005 Servo Tank Gauge (STG) intelligent tank gauges are designed for high accuracy liquid level measurement in storage and process applications.

They fulfill the exact demands of tank inventory management, loss control, total cost saving and safe operation.

Tank mounted intelligence makes the 6005 STG ideal for single or multi-task installation, converting a wide range of measurement functions.

Installation, Commissioning, and Operation • Mounting, electrical installation, start-up and maintenance of the instrument may

only be carried out by trained personnel authorized by the operator of the facility.• Personnel must absolutely and without fail read and understand this Operating

Manual before carrying out its instructions.• The instrument may only be operated by personnel who are authorized and trained

by the operator of the facility. All instructions in this manual are to be observed without fail.

• The installer must make sure that the measuring system is correctly wired according to the wiring diagrams. The measuring system is to be grounded.

• Please observe all provisions valid for your country and pertaining to the opening and repairing of electrical devices.

Product Requirements

Power source

Check the voltage of the power supply before connecting it to the product. It should be the exact voltage required for proper operation of the product.

Use in hazardous areas

When using the product in the first or second-class hazard location (Zone 1 or Zone 2) be sure to use an intrinsically safe or pressure and explosion-proof apparatus. Take the utmost care during the installation, wiring, and piping of such apparatus to ensure the safety of the system.

6005 Servo Tank Gauge

2 Installation and Operations Manual

For safety reasons, maintenance or repairs on the product while it is being used with such apparatus should only be performed by qualified personnel.

External connection

When an external connection is required, the product should be protectively grounded before it is connected to a measurement object or an external control circuit.

Caution To avoid injury or damage to the device: Release pressure in the device before removing plugs, drum housing cover, or calibration windows.

Operational Safety

Hazardous area

Measuring systems for use in hazardous environments are accompanied by separate “Ex documentation”, which is an integral part of this Operating Manual. Strict compliance with the installation instructions and ratings as stated in this supplementary documentation is mandatory.

• Please use the explosion-proof type for measurement in explosion-hazardous areas.• Instruments used in explosion hazardous areas should be mounted and wired

according to the explosion-proof regulations.• Instruments mounted in explosion hazardous areas must not be opened when the

power is on. Tighten the cable gland firmly.• The maintenance and repair of the instrument is limited to fulfill the explosion proof

regulations.• Ensure that all personnel are suitably qualified.• Observe the specifications in the certificate as well as national and local regulations.

Power supply

Check that voltage and frequency of the local power supply are in the range of the technical data of the instrument before turning on the power. Please refer to “Technical Data” on page 165.

Power cable

• Use the power supply cable attached to the instrument when it is ordered from the manufacturer, or the cable specified in the instruction.

• The power source should have a ground terminal, and the power supply cable should have a ground line. Please refer to section , "Wiring" on page 37.

Chapter 1 - Safety Instructions

Varec, Inc. 3

Grounding

• Do not unground device while the power supply is turned on. Doing so may cause a short circuit, resulting in damage to devices, as well as personal injury from electrical shock.

Wiring

Verify the instrument is grounded before connecting input and output to another system.

Use of the Instrument

The 6005 STG is designed for level measurement of a liquid in a storage tank or similar facilities.

Auxiliary instruments may be connected, as specified in this manual. However, the performance of the connected instruments is not guaranteed. Please refer to manufacture supplied instructions when connecting after-market auxiliary devices.

If device is used for any purpose other than intended, device damage, as well as personal injury or death may result. Devices are supplied with IEC class 1 (ground terminal).

Caution Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance are strictly prohibited. Unauthorized modifications can cause malfunctions or damage, resulting in serious injury or death.

Electrostatic Charge Mounting with a stilling well (stilling pipe) is recommended for use in a tank containing flammable liquid with conductivity less than or equal to 10-8 S/m.

In case of installation without a pipe, allow enough stilling time according to the table below before lowering the level gauge down to the liquid surface. When a stilling pipe is used, the stilling time is shown as in column “≤10” in Table 1.

Table 1: Stilling Time for a Stilling Pipe

Conductivity(S/cm)

Reference: Stilling time (min.)

Liquid volume in a tank (m3)

≤10 10~50 50~100 ≥5000

≥10-8 ≥1 ≥1 ≥1 ≥2

10-12 ~10-8 ≥2 ≥3 ≥10 ≥30

10-14~10-12 ≥4 ≥5 ≥60 ≥120

≤10-14 ≥10 ≥10 ≥120 ≥240

(Japan National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health 2007)



Notes on Safety Conventions and SymbolsIn order to highlight safety-relevant or alternative operating procedures in the manual, the following conventions have been used, each indicated by a corresponding symbol in the margin.

Safety Conventions

Warning A warning highlights actions or procedures which, if not performed correctly, will lead to personal injury, a safety hazard or destruction of the instrument

Caution Caution highlights actions or procedures which, if not performed correctly, may lead to personal injury or incorrect functioning of the instrument

Note A note highlights actions or procedures which, if not performed correctly, may indirectly affect operation or may lead to an instrument response which is not planned

Explosion Protection

Device certified for use in explosion hazardous areaIf the device has this symbol embossed on its name plate, it can be installed in an explosion hazardous area

Explosion hazardous areasSymbol used in drawings to indicate explosion hazardous areas. • Devices located in and wiring entering areas with the designation

“explosion hazardous areas” must conform with the stated type of protection

Safe area (non-explosion hazardous area)Symbol used in drawings to indicate, if necessary, non-explosion hazardous areas. • Devices located in safe areas still require a certificate if their outputs

run into explosion hazardous areas

Explosion Protection

Direct voltageA terminal to which or from which a direct current or voltage may be applied or supplied

Alternating voltageA terminal to which or from which an alternating (sine-wave) current or voltage may be applied or supplied

Grounded terminalA grounded terminal, which as far as the operator is concerned, is already grounded by means of an earth grounding system

EX

EX

Chapter 1 - Safety Instructions

Varec, Inc. 5

Table 2: Notes on Safety Conventions and Symbols

Protective grounding (earth) terminalA terminal which must be connected to earth ground prior to making any other connection to the equipment

Equipotential connection (earth bonding)A connection made to the plant grounding system which may be of type e.g. neutral star or equipotential line according to national or company practice

Varec, Inc. 7

Chapter 2

Installation

Incoming Acceptance, Transport, and Storage

Incoming Acceptance

Check the packing and contents for any signs of damage.

Check the shipment, make sure nothing is missing and that the scope of supply matches your order.

Transport

Caution Follow the safety instructions and transport conditions for instruments of more than 18 kg.

Caution Do not lift the measuring instrument by its housing in order to transport it.

Storage

Pack the measuring instrument so that is protected against impacts for storage and transport. The original packing material provides the optimum protection for this. The permissible storage temperature is -40° C to +60° C (-40° F to +140° F).



Terms Related to the Tank Measurements

Figure 2-1: Terms Related to the Tank Measurements

Lower layer

Middle layer

Upper layer

Upper interface

Lower interface

Liquid level

Nozzle

6000 STG

Reference line

Dip-point offset

Upper limit stop level

Upper limit alarm Ullage level

Gauge reference length

Tank height

Upper interface level

Lower interface level

Lower limit alarm

Lower limit stop level

Dipping reference point

(dipping data place)

Liquid depth(innage level)

Measurement hatch (Dipping reference)

Tank bottom

Chapter 2 - Installation

Varec, Inc. 9

Product Dimensions

Figure 2-2: 6005 STG Product Dimensions

Necessary Tools for InstallationThe following tools are needed when installing the 6005 STG.

6005 STG - 1/ 6005 STG - 4

Electrical compartmentTerminal boxDisplay (LCD)Cable entry (A, B, C, D)Wire drum housingFlangeMeasuring wireDisplacerCalibration windowWindow coverTouch control

Max. 39.7mmTravel Distance of Displacer

Displacer position at bottom of tank

6005 - 2/ 6005 - 5 / 6005 - 6

Max. 41.6mmTravel Distance of Displacer

Displacer position at bottom of tank



Figure 2-3: Necessary Tools for Installation

Box end wrench

Crescent wrench

Allen wrench (hex key)

Screw driver

Wire Cutters / Terminal pliers

Wire terminal

Water pump

pliers

mm

mm

mmB

24,26,30,32

350

3

1.25 , 2.0sq sq

3mm and 5mm

Density calibration

test weight

Varec, Inc. 11

Chapter 3

Identification

Device Designation

Nameplate

The following technical data are given on the instrument nameplate:

Ex d IIC T6...T3 Ga/Gb ATEX II 1/2 GKEMA 08ATEX0013

1725

Order Code

Serial Number

Manufacturing Date

Density Range

Input Rated

Input

Output

6000 SeriesServo Tank Gauge

Note: Only read level when indication “BAL” is presentNote: For display symbols refer to document IOM007Warning: Keep cover tight while circuits are liveCaution: Use supply wires suitable for 70 °C minimumCaution: A seal shall be installed within 50 mm of the enclosure

EX16-06000ATC Rev B

Ambient Temperature -20 °C to +60 °CIP 67

Measuring Range

Made in Japan

Varec, Inc. 5834 Peachtree Corners EastNorcross (Atlanta) Georgia 30092 USA

Certification No.

Tank IDZero point of level gauge is mm below reference point.

Ex d IIB T6...T3 Ga/Gb ATEX II 1/2 GKEMA 08ATEX0013

1725

Order Code

Serial Number

Manufacturing Date

Density Range

Input Rated

Input

Output


Note: Only read level when indication “BAL” is presentNote: For display symbols refer to document IOM007Warning: Keep cover tight while circuits are liveCaution: Use supply wires suitable for 70 °C minimumCaution: A seal shall be installed within 50 mm of the enclosure

EX16-06000AT Rev F

Ambient Temperature - °C to +60 °CIP 67

Measuring Range

Made in Japan

Varec, Inc. 5834 Peachtree Corners EastNorcross (Atlanta) Georgia 30092 USA

Certification No.

Tank IDZero point of level gauge is mm below reference point.

ATEX Approval Type Ex d IIC ATEX Approval Type Ex d IIB



XP Class I, Div. 1 Gp. C, D XP Class I, Zone 1, Gp. IIB DIP Class II, III, Div. 1, Gp. E, F, G Temperature Class T4

Made in Japan 16-06005XP Rev C

Order Code

Serial Number

Manufacturing Date

Measuring Range

Input Rated

Input

Output


Relay contact rated: 30 Vac, 2 A; 42 Vdc, 2 A, 60 W.Ambient Temperature -20 °C to +60 °C NEMA 4X

Warning: Keep cover tight while circuits are liveCaution: Use supply wires suitable for 70 °C minimumCaution: A seal shall be installed within 50 mm of the enclosure

APPROVED

Pat. UK 2195182 2192461 Pat. US 4786846

Varec, Inc.5834 Peachtree Corners East Norcross (Atlanta)

Georgia 30092 USA

XP-AIS Class I, Div. 1, Gp. C, DXP-AIS Class I, Zone 1, Gp. IIBDIP Class II, III, Div. 1, Gp. E, F, GXP-ANI Class I, Div. 2, Gp. C, DTemperature Class T4

Install per drawing Ex421-691Pat. UK 2195182 2192461 Pat. US 4786846

Order Code

Serial Number

Manufacturing Date

Measuring Range

Input Rated

Input

Output


Relay contact rated: 30 Vac, 2 A; 42 Vdc, 2 A, 60 W.Ambient Temperature -20 °C to +60 °C

APPROVED

NEMA 4X


16-06000 Rev FMade in Japan

Varec, Inc. 5834 Peachtree Corners East Norcross (Atlanta)

Georgia 30092 USA

FM Approval Type XP FM Approval Type XP-AIS

Chapter 3 - Identification

Varec, Inc. 13

Figure 3-1: 6005 STG Product Labels

Scope of Delivery Caution It is essential to follow the instructions concerning the unpacking, transport and storage of measuring instruments given in section , "Incoming Acceptance, Transport, and Storage" on page 7.

The scope of delivery consists of:

• Assembled instrument

Accompanying documentation:

• Installation and Operations (this manual)• Safety Instructions (APT092GVAExxxx)• Functional Safety Manual (APT221GVAExxxx), supplied with 4-20mA and overspill

prevention relay output

Made in Japan 16-06000NA Rev A

Order Code

Serial Number

Manufacturing Date

Measuring Range

Input Rated

Input

Output


Relay contact rated: 30 Vac, 2 A; 42 Vdc, 2 A, 60 W.Ambient Temperature -20 °C to +60 °C

NEMA 4X IP67

Warning: Keep cover tight while circuits are liveCaution: Use supply wires suitable for 70 °C minimum

Pat. UK 2195182 2192461 Pat. US 4786846

Varec, Inc.5834 Peachtree Corners East Norcross (Atlanta)

Georgia 30092 USA

Varec, Inc. 5834 Peachtree Corners East Norcross (Atlanta)

Georgia 30092 USA

Order Code

Serial Number

Manufacturing Date

Measuring Range

Input Rated

Input

Output


Relay contact rated: 30 Vac, 2 A; 42 Vdc, 2 A, 60 W.Ambient Temperature -20 °C to +60 °


EX16-06000CSA Rev BMade in Japan

NEMA 4X

Exd IIB T4Class I, Div. 1 Gp. C,DClass II, Div. 1 Gp. E,F,G; Class III

Install per drawing Ex540-853Pat. UK 2195182 2192461 Pat. US 4786846

216422

CSA Approval Type Ex d Weatherproof NMEA 4X / IP67 only Approval



Certificates and Approvals

CE mark, Declaration of Conformity

The device is designed to meet state-of-the-art safety requirements, has been tested and left the factory in a condition in which it is safe to operate. The device complies with the applicable standards and regulations as listed in the EC declaration of conformity and thus complies with the statutory requirements of the EC directives. Varec, Inc. confirms the successful testing of the device by affixing to it the CE mark.

Varec, Inc. 15

Chapter 4

Mounting The following installation procedures are available for the 6005 STG.

• Mounting without guide system.• Mounting with stilling well (also called pipe)• Mounting with guide wire

Application Drawing for Tank Mounting with stilling well or guide wire is required for the following applications:

• Floating roof tank• Covered floating roof tank• Tank with strong agitator or heavy turbulence

Mounting without any guide system covers all cases that are not listed above.

Figure 4-1 shows examples of applications (with and without stilling well mounting, with guide wire mounting)



Figure 4-1: Application for each Tank

Mounting without Guide System In this case, the 6005 STG is mounted on a nozzle of the tank roof without any guide system (see Figure 4-2). The mounting preparations require the observance of some recommendations for setting the nozzle and the minimum measuring level.

Floating Roof Tank

Fixed Roof Tank

Without Stilling Pipe

Fixed Roof Tank

With Stilling Pipe

Covered FloatingRoof Tank

Spherical or Bullet Tank

With Guide Wire

Fixed Roof Tank Spherical or Bullet Tank

Floating Roof Tank

Stilling pipe is required in floating Roof Tank.

Covered Floating Roof Tank

Chapter 4 - Mounting

Varec, Inc. 17

Figure 4-2: Mounting Without Guide System

Mounting with Stilling Well

Pipe diameter

The pipe diameter that is required to protect the measuring wire without disturbing its operation depends on the tank height. The pipe could either be constant diameter, or thinner at its upper part and thicker at its lower part. Figure 4-3 shows two examples of the latter case, namely an asymmetric pipe and a concentric pipe.

Displacerd

D1

6005 STG



Figure 4-3: Mounting with Stilling Well: Asymmetric Pipe and Connection Pipe

Valve

Asymmetric Pipe ConcentricPipe

Displacer

Maintenance Chamber

6005 STG

Asymmetric Pipe (Side View) Concentric Pipe (Front View)

6005 STG


Varec, Inc. 19

Note This valve is necessary when mounting the 6005 STG onto pressurized liquid tanks. The 6005 STG must be mounted on the asymmetric pipe in the direction shown above.

To calculate the required pipe diameters, the formula below should be used.

The variables and constants have the following meanings:

Table 1: Meaning of Variables and Constants Used in Formula to Calculate Pipe Diameters

• Upper diameter

D1 > d + 10 mm

where D1 > 3" should be fulfilled.

• Lower diameter- Asymmetric pipe

D2 > d+ eL + 2vL+ 10mm

- Concentric pipe

D2 > d + 2eL + 2vL + 10mm

Variable/Constant Meaning

D1 Inner diameter of the upper part of the pipe

D2 Inner diameter of the lower part of the pipe

L Length of the pipe (from the flange of the 6005 STG to bottom of the stilling well) ...meters

v Deviation of the pipe from the vertical per length (mm/m)

d Diameter of the displacer

e Lateral shift of the displacer per length due to the groove of the wire drum (max.33 mm)

Feature: 070 Measuring Range/Material/Diameter of Wire

e = Lateral Shift (mm)

C 0-28m: SUS316L, 0.15mm 0.37

H 0-16m: PFA>SUS316, 0.4mm 0.40

K 0-16m: Alloy C, 0.2mm 0.47

L 0-36m: SUS316L, 0.15mm 0.33

M 0-22m: Alloy C, 0.2mm 0.47

N 0-47m: SUS316L, 0.15mm 0.30



Recommendations for Mounting

Note Observe the following recommendations for mounting with stilling well:

• Keep the pipe connection welds smooth.• While drilling holes into the pipe, keep the interior surface of the holes clear of metal

chips and burrs.• Coat or paint the interior surface of the pipe to avoid rust.• Keep the pipe as perfectly vertical as possible. Check this by a plumb.• Install the asymmetric pipe under the valve and fit the centers of the 6005 STG and

the valve.• Set the center of the lower part of the asymmetric pipe to the direction of the

displacer motion.• Observe recommendations as per API MPMS chapter 3.1B.• Confirm grounding between 6005 STG and tank nozzle.

Mounting with Guide WireIt is also possible to guide the displacer via guide wires to prevent lateral motion.

Guide Wire Installation

• Secure guide wire to wire hook.• Secure springs to reducer plate (see Figure 4-4).• Temporarily fix the STG so that the springs are located on the outside of reducer

plate and execute weight calibration.• Fix the STG to reducer plate.• Put displacer ring through the guide wires and set the displacer so that the

marking ring is located at the reference position.


Varec, Inc. 21

Figure 4-4: Mounting with Guide Wire

Chamber for maintenance

Calibration Chamber

Ø50 mm Displacer (or Ø70mm, Ø110mm)

Tank Bottom

Welding

Anchor hook plate

172

30

0

Ø150

CALIBRATION CHAMBER (for Low pressure)

Flange

Flange

Measuring wire

Tank

Guide wire

Sleeve

Spring

Reducer plate

Spring Sleeve

Guide wireSleeve

Crimp tool

Flange 6”

100mm

Reference position

Marking ring

*1

*1Reducer plate : for low pressure, 6mmReducer flange : for high pressure, (depending on standard)

6005 STG



Weight Calibration Method for Guide Wire Installation

1. Temporarily fix the 6005 STG so that the 6005 STG is located at the outside of the reducer plate in order to perform weight calibration.

2. Replace the measuring wire to an appropriate length. During standard weight calibration, the displacer moves up until it touches the mechanical stop in the housing. After weight calibration is finished the displacer will stop 70mm (configurable, GVH378) below the mechanical stop. This is the Refer-ence Position.

Figure 4-5: Weight Calibration for the 6005 STG with Guide Wire

3. During this special weight calibration procedure the guide rings of the displacer will touch the bottom face of the flange.

4. The displacer will then go down 70mm and stop. The STG remembers this as the Reference Position, and weight table calibration resumes.

5. When weight calibration is complete, return the STG back to its normal mounting position on the tank nozzle. This completes the weight calibration procedure.

70mm

Referenceposition


Varec, Inc. 23

Tank Type

Fixed roof tank with stilling well

Figure 4-6: Fixed Roof Tank with Stilling Well

Measuring wire

Displacer

Still well

B

E - +

453x ATC

6005 STG



High pressure tank with stilling well and ball valve

Figure 4-7: High Pressure Tank with Stilling Well and Ball Valve

E - +

Ball Valve

Reducer

Meas. Wire

Displacer

Stilling Well

6005 STG

453x ATC


Varec, Inc. 25

Floating roof tank and /or covered floating roof Tank

Figure 4-8: Floating Roof Tank and/or Covered Floating Roof Tank

E - +

Measuring wire

Displacer

Still well

6005 STG

453x ATC



Note When the STG is installed on a floating roof tank, be sure to use a stilling well.

Figure 4-9: Floating Roof Tank use with Stilling Well

E - +

Measuring wire

Displacer

6005 STG


Varec, Inc. 27

High or Low Temperature Tank

When installing to a high or low temperature storage tank, heat or cold from the liquid or tank wall should not be emitted to the 6005 STG directly. For example, cover the tank with thermal insulation material and/or install an ambient temperature adjust pipe between the 6005 STG and the nozzle of the tank as shown in the figure below.

Figure 4-10: High or Low Temperature Mounting

Proservo

Wire

The temperature of the flange and the internal temperature of the drumcomponent:-20º (or -40º) ≤ T ≤ 60º C

Ambient temperatureadjust pipe (optional)

Thermal Insulation MaterialTank Wall

Displacer

High or Lowtemperatureliquid



Mounting Preparations

Flange

The mounting flange should be prepared before mounting the 6005 STG to the tank. The flange size and the rating of the 6005 STG depend on the customer’s specifications.

Note Check the flange size of the 6005 STG.

Note Install the flange on the top of the tank. The flange’s deviation from the horizontal plane should not exceed +/- 1 deg.

Note For mounting the 6005 STG onto a longer nozzle, make sure that the displacer does not touch the interior surface because of the vertical inclination of the nozzle.

Figure 4-11: Allowable Inclination of the Mounting Flange

Mounting Nozzle

max. +1°max. -1°


Varec, Inc. 29

Note If the STG is installed without a guide system, then consider the following recom-mendations:

• Set the mounting nozzle in the sector between 45 and 90 deg (or -45 and -90 deg.) apart from the inlet pipe of the tank. This will prevent heavy swing of the displacer caused by wave or turbulence of the inlet liquid.

• Set the mounting nozzle at least 500mm away from the tank wall. This will ensure that the measurement is not influenced by changes of the ambient temperature.

• Set the minimum measuring level at least 500mm above the top of the inlet pipe. This will protect the displacer from direct flow of the inlet liquid.

If it is not possible to install the 6005 STG in such place, then we recommend mounting with a guide system. Consult Varec for further information.

Figure 4-12: Recommended Setting of Mounting Nozzle and Minimum Measuring Level

Warning Before putting liquid into the tank, make sure that the flow from the inlet pipe cannot hit the displacer directly. When removing liquid from the tank, avoid suction of the displacer to the outlet pipe.

-90° 90°

-45° 45°

0°

InletPipe

MountingNozzle

MountingNozzle

Minimum Measuring Level

InletPipe



Electrostatic ChargeNote If the liquid measured by the 6005 STG has a conductivity of less than 10-8 s/cm, it is quasi-nonconductive. In that case, we recommend to use a stilling well or guide wire made of conductive material. This will release the electrostatic charge on the liquid sur-face.

Installation for Wire Drum and Displacer The 6005 STG is delivered with 2 options for displacer mounting:

1. “All-in-one” with displacer mounted on the measuring wire. In this case, follow the instruc-tions for removing the packing, which are attached to the 6005 STG.

2. Displacer shipped separately. In this case, it is necessary to install the displacer on the measuring wire inside the 6005 STG.

In either case, follow the instructions below.

All-in-One

Remove all packing material before mounting the 6005 STG.

Packaging Material De-Installation Procedure

Table 2: Packaging Material De-installation Procedure

Step Working Notes

1 • Hold the gauge with the flange horizontal• Cut the cable ties.• Remove displacer holder

• Do not tilt the gauge after removing displacer holder.

2 • Mount the 6005 STG on the nozzle. • Check that the measuring wire hangs vertically.

• Check that there are no kinks or any abnormality from calibration window.

3 • Remove the drum housing cover.• Loosen two screws on wire drum holder,

remove the holder. (see Figure 4-13 on page 31)

• Be careful not to lose the O-ring and the drum housing cover bolts and washers.

4 • Remove tape on wire drum slowly. • Remove the tape by hand to avoid damage to the wire drum.

• Make sure the measuring wire is wrapped so that it fits correctly in the grooves.

• If not, rewrap the wire so it fits correctly in the grooves.

5 • Install the drum housing cover • Check that the O-ring is fitted in groove.


Varec, Inc. 31

Figure 4-13: Packaging Material Removal

6 • Turn on the 6005 STG main power and confirm that the servo shows “STOP” and that level is “16050 ~16060 mm”.

• Enter the “LEVEL” command until level is lower than 16000 mm, that is, around 16950 mm. Then enter the “STOP” command.

• Enter the “UP” command and the displacer will stop automatically at 16000 mm.

• Enter the “STOP” command.

Table 2: Packaging Material De-installation Procedure

Step Working Notes

Displacer Holder

Cable Tie

Tape

Wire Drum Holder

Set Screw

Remove a wire drum holder using a straight slot screwdriver.

Cover for Drum Housing



Displacer Shipped Separately

It is necessary to install the displacer on the measuring wire inside the 6005 STG.

Procedure A: Install a displacer before installing the 6005 STG on the tank.

Drawing Working Notes

• Put the 6005 STG on blocks or a pedestal (see drawing).

• Verify that there is enough space under the 6005 STG.

• Be careful not to drop the 6005 STG.

• Remove M8 wire drum cover bolts (see drawing).

• Remove wire drum and the bracket.

• Remove the cover, the wire drum bracket and the wire drum.

• Remove the tape that secures the measuring wire.

• Insert the wire drum back into drum housing and install the bracket.

• Please handle the measuring wire with care.

• Rotate the wire drum in a clockwise direction until the measuring wire ring appears out side the flange.

• Hook the displacer on the ring of the measuring wire.

• Secure the displacer to the measuring wire with securing wire (see drawing). Install the displacer ground wire (see section , "Displacer installation" on page 6).

• Rotate the wire drum in a counterclockwise direction until the measuring wire ring appears in the calibration window.

• Wire drum moves one-fifth revolution at a time.

• Displacer moves over 300mm per one complete revolution.

130mm

20

0m

mØ70

130mm

20

0m

m

Wire drumWire drum bracket

M6 bolt

Tape

Measuring Wire Ring

Securing Wire

Displacer

Ground Wire


Varec, Inc. 33

Displacer Shipped Separately (Diameter 50mm Displacer)

In case of dia. 50mm displacer, it is possible to install the displacer from the calibration window.

Note It is only possible to install the displacer from the calibration window in the follow-ing cases.

• Only with Ø50mm, SUS and alloyC, cylindrical displacer• Only with 0.15mm, SUS measuring wire

Procedure B: Install a displacer after installing the 6005 STG on a tank

• Install the 6005 STG on the nozzle on top of the tank.

• Check that the displacer does not touch the nozzle inside.

• Install the drum housing cover.

• Check that the measuring wire is wrapped correctly in the grooves.

• If not, rewind the wire correctly in the grooves.



• Remove the calibration window cover.

• Ensure not to kink and damage the measuring wire.

• Remove M6 wire drum bolts cover (see drawing).

• Remove the wire drum cover and bracket.

• Remove the wire drum from drum housing.

• Remove the tape that secures the measuring wire.


Calibration window

Wire drumWire drum bracket

M6 bolt

Tape



• Hold wire drum in one hand and drop measuring wire down about 50 cm.

• Secure wire on wire drum with tape, temporarily.

• Insert ring on measuring wire into wire drum housing and pull the ring and measuring wire ring out from calibration window.


• Insert wire drum back into drum housing temporarily.

• Hook displacer into ring on measuring wire.

• Secure displacer to measuring wire with securing wire (see drawing).

• Install displacer ground wire on displacer (see section , "Displacer installation" on page 6).

• Please handle the measuring wire with care. It may cause damage by kink


See Appendix

14.3.1 Displacer Installation


Varec, Inc. 35


• Hold the wire drum in one had and the displacer in the other hand.

• Remove wire drum from wire drum housing and drop measuring wire down about 50 cm.

• Hold wire drum up and place displacer into calibration window

• Hold one hand (displacer) at center of calibration window.

• Hold other hand (wire drum) up and add tension to measuring wire so that the displacer does not drop down rapidly.

• Wire drum moves one-fifth revolution at a time.

• Displacer move over 300mm per one complete revolution.

• Carefully release the displacer.

• Remove tape on wire drum and insert wire drum into drum housing.

• Install the wire drum bracket.

• Rotate wire drum with your hand a few times and check that displacer does not touch the inside of the nozzle.

• Rotate the wire drum in a counter-clockwise direction until the measuring wire ring appears in the calibration window.

• Install the wire drum housing cover and calibration window cover.

• Check that the measuring wire is wrapped correctly in the grooves.

• If not, rewind the wire correctly in the grooves.

Table 3: Procedure B: Install a Displacer after Installing the 6005 STG on a Tank

Varec, Inc. 37

Chapter 5

Wiring

Wiring Connection The electrical connections of the 6005 STG are shown in Figure 5-1 on page 38 through Figure 5-6 on page 43.

Note The power supply cable should have the following specifications:

• PVC, PE, or equivalently isolated• 600 V insulation voltage or equivalent• Temperature rating 80 or higher

Note The size of the core will be defined by core resistance, voltage drop, and required power consumption. The maximum power consumption of the 6005 STG is 50 VA / 50 W.

Caution Connect the ground line to the ground terminal inside or outside the terminal box. Use cable and wire of sufficient and appropriate size and length, to make a solid con-nection at each required terminal.

Warning Do not stretch cable or wires. Doing so may lead to failure, loss of function, and/or damage to the device and facility.

Warning Trim cable and wire to appropriate length. Do not leave excess cable and wire in the electrical compartment. Doing so may lead to failure, loss of function, and /or damage to the device and facility.

Terminal AssignmentThe terminal assignments appear on the following pages.



Ex d IIB, Output 1: V1, RS485, HART, Enraf BPM, MODBUS

Figure 5-1: Electrical Connection of the 6005 STG

N6005- X X X X X X X X X X X

056GQS

NPFAGH

Order Code Example

14AL4 COM

18CTR2

20OT1+

22OT2+

AL415

CTR117

N.C.19

OT1-21

OT2-23

48AL1

10AL2

12AL3

AL313

AL211

AL19

RCB/-7 5

6RCA/+

24

NRF+

A

25

NRF-

B

26

b

123

ARSL

ARSG

ARS

POWLPOWNPOWGARSLARSGARSN

NRF+NRF-RC A/+

RCB/-ALM1/OSPALM1/OSPALM2/OSPALM2/OSPALM3

123L

NG

AC Power Supply

242526

+-

+-+-

ALM3

141516171819

202122

+-+-

23

456789

10111213

ALM4ALM4COMCTR1CTR2

OUT 1+OUT 1-OUT 2+OUT 2-

TMPA /NMT+TMPB/NMT-TMP b

FuseF1

L

NG

Lightning Arrester

N4560 or Non IS HART Devices

V1, Modbus RS485, HART, Enraf BPM

Alarm Contact (Option)

External contact Input(Option)


DC4...20mA Output (Option)

DC4...20mA Output (Option)

N453x or HARTDevice (NonIS)

Ground

or Pt100 ohm Input

N

16

LNGND

StopHoistCommon

NMT+NMT-



Chapter 5 - Wiring

Varec, Inc. 39

Ex d[ia] IIB, Output 1: V1, RS485, HART, Enraf BPM, MODBUS

Figure 5-2: Electrical Connection the 6005 STG with IS HART Connection

Order Code Example N6005- X X X X X X X X X X X

JNO U

NPFAGH

14AL4 COM

18CTR2

20B+

22MK

AL415

CTR117

N.C.19

B-21

SP23

4P_B+

8AL1

10AL2

12AL3

AL313

AL211

AL19 7

P_B-5

6

24P_A+

A

25P_A-

B

26

b

123

ARSL

ARSG

ARSN


P_B+P_B-

ALM1 / OSPALM1 / OSP

ALM2 / OSPALM2 / OSPALM3

123L

NG

AC Power Supply

242526

+-

+-+-

ALM3

141516

171819

202122

+-

23

456

789

101112

13

ALM4ALM4COM

CTR1CTR2

B+B-MKSP

TMP A /P_A+TMP B/P_A-TMP b

FuseF1

L

NGLightning Arrester

N4560 or Non-IS HART Devices




External Contact Input(Option)


CommonHoistStop

Ground

N453x or HARTDevice (IS)

Mark / Space

V1, Modbus, RS485, HART, Enraf BPM

or Pt100 ohm (IS) Input

N LGND

16



Whessoe Matic 550 (WM550) protocol with non-intrinsic safety cer-tificates

Figure 5-3: Electrical Connection of the 6005 STG with WM550 Protocol with Non-IS HART Connection

Order code example

X X X X X X X X X X X

56GQS

LN6005-

0

14AL4 COM

18CTR2

20Ch1+

22Oh2+

AL415

CTR117

N.C.19

Ch1-21

Oh2-23

48AL1

10AL2

12AL3

AL313

AL211

AL19 7 5

6

24

A

25

B

26

b

123

ARSL

ARSG

ARSN


ALM1/OSPALM1/OSP

ALM2/OSPALM2/OSPALM3

123L

NG

AC power Supply

242526

+-

+-+-

ALM3

141516

171819

202122

+-+-

23

456

789

101112

13

ALM4ALM4COM

CTR1CTR2

Ch1+Ch1-Ch2+Ch2-

TMPA /NMT+TMPB/NMT-TMP b

FuseF1

L


N4560 or Non IS HART Devices






Whessoe Matic 550Channel 1Whessoe Matic 550Channel 2

Common

Ground

or Pt100 ohm Input

453x or HARTDevice (Non IS)

LNGND

NMT+ NMT-

StopHoist

16

P_B+P_B-

NRF+

NRF-

Chapter 5 - Wiring

Varec, Inc. 41

Whessoe Matic 550 (WM550) protocol with intrinsic safety certifi-cates

Figure 5-4: Electrical connection of the 6005 STG with WM550 Protocol with IS HART Connection

Order code example

14AL4 COM

18CTR2

20Ch1+

22Oh2+

AL415

CTR117

N.C.19

Ch1-21

Oh2-23

4P_B+

8AL1

10AL2

12AL3

AL313

AL211

AL19 7

P_B-5

6

24P_A+

A

25P_A-

B

26

b

123

ARSL

ARSG

ARSN


P_B+P_B-

ALM1/OSPALM1/OSP

ALM2/OSPALM2/OSPALM3

123L

NG

AC power Supply

242526

+-

+-+-

ALM3

141516

171819

202122

+-+-

23

456

789

101112

13

ALM4ALM4COM

CTR1CTR2

Ch1+Ch1-Ch2+Ch2-

TMPA/P_A+TMPB/P_A-TMP b

FuseF1

L







Whessoe Matic 550Channel 1Whessoe Matic 550Channel 2

Common

Ground

453x or HARTDevice (IS)

N4560 or Non-IS HART Devices

Pt100 ohm (IS) Input

LGND N

16

or

StopHoist

N6005 X X X X X X X X X X X

JNOU

L



Exd, Output 1: Mark/Space (M/S) Protocol

Figure 5-5: Electrical connection of the 6005 STG with M/S Protocol with Non-IS HART Connection

Order code example


56GQS

M

0

14AL4 COM

18CTR2

20B+

22MK

AL415

CTR117

N.C.19

B-21

SP23

48AL1

10AL2

12AL3

AL313

AL211

AL19 7 5

6

24

A

25

B

26

b

123

ARSL

ARSG

ARSN


ALM1 / OSP ALM1 / OSP


123L

NG

AC power Supply

242526

+-

+-+-

ALM3

141516

171819

202122

+-

23

456

789

101112

13

ALM4ALM4COM

CTR1CTR2

B+B-MKSP

TMP A /NMT+TMP B/NMT-TMP b

FuseF1

L

NG

Lightning Arrester

4560 or Non IS HART Devices




External contact Input(Option)


CommonHoistStop

Ground

N453x or HARTDevice (Non IS)

Mark / Space

or Pt100 ohm Input

NMT+ NMT-

LGND N

16

P_B+P_B-

NRF+

NRF-

Chapter 5 - Wiring

Varec, Inc. 43

Exd [ia], Output 1: Mark/Space (M/S) Protocol

Figure 5-6: Electrical connection of the 6005 STG with M/S Protocol with IS HART connection

14AL4 COM

18CTR2

20B+

22MK

AL415

CTR117

N.C.19

B-21

SP23

4P_B+

8AL1

10AL2

12AL3

AL313

AL211

AL19 7

P_B-5

6

24P_A+

A

25P_A-

B

26

b

123

ARSL

ARSG

ARSN


P_B+P_B-

ALM1 / OSPALM1 / OSP


123L

NG

AC power supply

242526

+-

+-+-

ALM3

141516

171819

202122

+-

23

456

789

101112

13

ALM4ALM4COM

CTR1CTR2

B+B-MKSP

TMP A /P_A+TMP B/P_A-TMP b

fuseF1

L

NGLightning arrester

4560 or Non-IS HART Devices

Alarm Contact (option)



External contact input(option)


CommonHoistStop

Ground

Devices(IS)

Mark / Space

or Pt100 ohm (IS) input

N LGND

16

453x or HART

N600- X X M X X X X X X X X X

JNOU

Order Code Example



Table 1 contains the logic for use with the external contact input (Hoist-CTR1)(Stop-CTR2).

Table 1: Logic for use with the External Contact Input (Hoist-CTR1)(Stop-CTR2)

Input and Output

Input

• Contact Switch• HART • Pt 100

Output

• V1• WM550• M/S• ENRAF BPM• MODBUS• HART• ANALOG 4-20mA• Overspill prevention (OSP)

Warning The cable used for input and/or output must be more than 24 AWG or larger, and must be screened or steel armored. A twisted pair is required for the HART and/or RS 485 signal.

Warning Two or three cores for mains, two cores for digital output, and two cores for HART input are normally used for the cabling of the 6005 STG. The instrument has maximum of four cable entries.

Warning Before placing an order for the 6005 STG, please check the cable size and the number of cables.

Cable gland

If all the cable entries are not used, then take out unnecessary glands and install a threaded plug to prevent intrusion of water.

Unused cable entries must be sealed. Refer to Safety Instruction APT092GVAExxxx.

CTR 1 CTR 2 OPERATION

OFF OFF LEVEL

ON OFF HOIST

OFF ON STOP

ON ON INTERFACE

Chapter 5 - Wiring

Varec, Inc. 45

Temperature Input System There are two types of temperature input method and two types of Ex protection system as Ex d or Ex [ia] in the 6005 STG.

Ex d HART input

These 6005 STGs have Ex d HART input to communicate with Ex d 453x series temperature sensor or auxiliary Ex d HART sensor.

Figure 5-7: Ex d HART Input

Ex d Pt100 Spot Temperature Input

These 6005 STGs have Ex d Pt100 temperature input connected directly from Ex d Pt100 sensor and Ex d HART input to communicate with auxiliary Ex d HART sensor.

26

4

24

25

J3

1A

1

3

5

J1

1B

Power

Module

POW

Ex d

4560

453x

Ex d

Ex d

HART

TCB CPU moduleTerminal module

HART

Sensor

Ex d

HART

Sensor

Ex d

5



Figure 5-8: Ex d Pt100 Spot Temperature Input

Ex ia HART input

These 6005 STGs have Ex ia HART input to communicate to Ex ia 453x series temperature sensor or auxiliary Ex ia HART sensor and Ex d input to communicate with auxiliary Ex d HART sensor.

Figure 5-9: Ex ia HART Input

26

4

5

24

25

J3

1A

1

3

5

J1

1B

Spot

Temp.

Module

A

B

b

Ex d

HART

HART+

HART-

TCB CPU module

4560

Ex d

Pt100

Power

Module

POW

Ex d

HART

Sensor

Ex d

HART

Sensor

Ex d

26

4

5

24

25

J3

1A

1

3

5

J1

1B

Power

Module

POW

Ex ia

4560

453x

Ex ia

Ex d

HART

TCB CPU moduleTerminal module

Separation Wall

Ex ia

HART

COM-4 module

Ex iaEx ia Power feed

Ex d Power feed

Ex d

HART

Sensor

Ex d

Chapter 5 - Wiring

Varec, Inc. 47

Ex ia Pt100 Spot Temperature Input

These 6005 STGs have Ex ia Pt100 temperature input connected directly from Ex ia Pt100 sensor and Ex d HART input to communicate with auxiliary Ex d HART sensor.

Figure 5-10: Ex ia Pt100 Spot Temperature Input

26

4

5

24

25

J3

1A

1

3

5

J1

1B

Spot

Temp.

Module

A

B

b

HART+

HART-

TCB -4 CPU module

4560

Ex ia

Pt 100 Power

Module

POW

Ex ia

Separation Wall

Ex ia

Ex ia

Ex ia Power feed

Ex d Power feed

Ex d

HART

Sensor

Ex d

HART

Sensor

Ex d

Ex d

HART

Plastic

case

Ex ia

HART

Varec, Inc. 49

Chapter 6

Operation

Touch Control and Programming Matrix

Display and Operating Elements

Display

During normal operation, the 6005 STG has an illuminated LCD that shows the level, the temperature, and the status of the device on the “HOME” position.

For the display of the other data and the programming of the parameters for operation, the 6005 STG uses a convenient programming matrix.

Operating Elements

The 6005 STG is operated by three visual operating elements, namely the keys “E”, “+”, and “-”. They are actuated when the appropriate field on the protective glass of the front is touched with the finger (“touch control”). The corresponding transmitting and receiving diodes are not affected by external influences, e.g. direct sunlight. The software and hardware installed in the 6005 STG rule out any malfunction that may be caused in this way. Even in explosive hazardous areas, the explosion-proof housing of the touch control ensures a safe access to the data.

Figure 6-1: Display

Illuminated LCD

3 Optical Operating Elements "Touch Control"

Infrared Receiving Diode

Infrared TransmittingDiode

LEVELU-D

0.0°C



Functions of the Operating Elements

The programming matrix consists of matrix groups, namely one “static” matrix and additional “dynamic” matrices. They are described in detail in the “Appendix” on page 1. The individual matrix groups, function groups, and functions within the programming matrix can be selected by alternately touching the operating elements.

Figure 6-2: Displays

LEVELU-D

0.0°CLEVEL DataTemp. DataDisplacer Status SymbolGauge Status / Error

MORE FUNCTIONGVH:PositionGroup Message

Key Guide

G:0 VH:3*

> GROUP SELECT < E

Enter Matrix GoBack

HOME Display Function Group Display

Input Number

Key Guide

G:0 VH:39

ACCESS CODE3

E - +

Measurement Data G:0 VH:20

OPERATION

15955LEVEL

Matrix Display Matrix Display

Chapter 6 - Operation

Varec, Inc. 51

Matrix Construction

Figure 6-3: Matrix Construction

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9Measured Value 1 0 Measured Value 1 0Measured Value 2 1 Measured Value 2 1Operation 2 Operation 2More Function 3 Calibration More Function 3 Device DataLevel Data 4 Contact Output 4Calibration 5 Analog Out 5Adjustment 6 parts Data 6Auto Wire Calib. 7 Input Signal 7Auto Calib. Displ. 8 Communication 8Display 9 Status 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9Measured Value 1 0 Measured Value 1 0Measured Value 2 1 Measured Value 2 1Operation 2 Operation 2More Function 3 Service More Function 3 Temperature

4 TemperatureData 4

Gauge data 5 Element Temp. 5System Data 6 Element Position 6Service 7 NMT Adjustment 7Sensor Value 8 Set Data NMT 8Sensor Data 9 Device Data 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9Measured Value 1 0 Measured Value 1 0Measured Value 2 1 Measured Value 2 1Operation 2 Operation 2More Function 3 HART Dev (1) More Function 3 HART Dev (2)Measured Value 4 Measured Value 4P.V. Setting 5 P.V. Setting 5Sensor Specific 6 Sensor Specific 6Alarm 7 Alarm 7Self Diagnostic 8 Self Diagnostic 8Device Data 9 Device Data 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9Measured Value 1 0 Measured Value 1 0Measured Value 2 1 Measured Value 2 1Operation 2 Operation 2More Function 3 Adjust Sensor More Function 3 Tank ProfileAdjust Sensor 4 Profile Operation 4HART Error Rate 5 Status/Data 5Unit 6 Density 1-10 6HART Line 7 Density 11-16 7Interface Adjust 8 Position 1-10 8

9 Position 11-16 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9Measured Value 1 0 Static Matrix Dynamic MatrixMeasured Value 2 1Operation 2More Function 3 Interface Profile

4Status/Data 5Density 1-10 6Density 11-16 7Position 1-10 8Position 11-16 9

Meas. Wire &Drum



Table 1: Matrix Construction Keys and Functions

The LCD will return to the HOME position if no key is touched for more than 10 min. Digits are incremented or decremented by + or -, respectively. If the user touches + or - continuously, then the minimum digit will change first. After one cycle of the minimum, the second minimum will change. After one cycle of the second follows the third minimum, and so on. If the user removes their finger from the touch control, then the procedure will start again from the minimum digit (Analogy of mechanical counter).

Figure 6-4: Selection Matrix Groups, Function Groups, and Functions with Programming Matrix

Key Functions

• Access to the programming matrix (touch the key for more than 3 sec.)• Return to the HOME position (touch the key for more than 3 sec.)• Moving horizontally within a function group to select functions.• Saving parameters or access code.

• Moving vertically to select function groups• Selecting or setting parameters• Setting access code+ -

4

5

6

7

8

9

4

5

6

7

8

9

H

V

LCD ( HOME position)

If you touch on the matrix for 3 sec. or longer, you will return to the HOME position.

1 CALIBRATION

3 SERVICE4 TEMPERATURE5 HART DEVICE (1)6 HART DEVICE (2)7 ADJ. SENSOR8 TANK PROFILE9 INTERFACE PROFILE

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

4

4

4

4

7 ADJ. SENSOR

3 SERVICE

4 TEMPERATURE

5 HART DEVICE(1)

6 HART DEVICE(2)

> 3 s

2 DEVICE DATA

MATRIX OF G0 V3H0

4 2 DEVICE DATA

4 1 CALIBRATION

5

6

7

8

9

5

5

5

5

5

6

6

6

6

6

7

7

7

7

7

8

8

8

8

8

9

9

9

9

9

If you touch any"E" on the matrixfor 3 seconds orlonger, you willmove to positionV0 on the matrix.

8 TANK PROFILE

9 INTERFACE PROFILE


Varec, Inc. 53

HOME Position After turning on the power supply, the LCD first shows the current data on the HOME position.

Figure 6-5: HOME Position

The letters A, B, C and D stand for the areas where information on measured values and status of the device are displayed:

Table 2: Areas Where Information on Measured Values and Status of the Device are Displayed

The meanings of gauge status and displacer status are explained in the following tables.

Table 3: Meanings Gauge and Displacer Status

Area Information

A Current level

B Current temperature

C Gauge status

D Displacer status

Gauge Status Meaning

G - RE The displacer is resting at the reference position.

UP The UP command has been given.

STOP The STOP command has been given.

LIQU The 6005 STG is measuring the surface level.

U - IF The 6005 STG is measuring the upper interface level.

LIF The 6005 STG is measuring the lower interface level.

BOTM The 6005 STG is measuring the tank bottom level.

U - DE The 6005 STG is measuring the upper liquid density.

M - DE The 6005 STG is measuring the middle liquid density.

B - DE The 6005 STG is measuring the bottom liquid density.

CAN The RELE.OVER TENS command has been given.

TEAC The 6005 STG is carrying out calibration.

blank The 6005 STG cannot detect any level.

U-D0.0°C

ABDCLevel



Table 4: Displacer Status, Symbol, and Meaning

Note If no LCD operation, the 6005 STG will turn off the backlighting of the LCD 12 hour later. Touching LCD again after this time will turn on the backlighting.

Displacer Status

Symbol Meaning

BAL BalanceThe displacer is resting on the liquid surface or interface and in balanced status.

T - B Temporary BalanceAutomatic weight calibration is being carried out.

U - U Unbalance UpThe displacer is being hoisted and in unbalanced status.

U - D Unbalance DownThe displacer is being lowered and in unbalanced status.

R - U Balance UpThe displacer is being hoisted and in correction of balance.

R - D Balance DownThe displacer is being lowered and in correction of balance.

LOWThe displacer is resting at the lower stop.


Varec, Inc. 55

Access Code The access code is to ensure the confidentiality of the setup data. Three security levels are available, along with access codes.

Table 5: Security Levels with Access Codes

The higher levels include the lower ones. e.g. If access code 50 is specified for a function, then code 51 also enables editing. A function that requires access code 51, on the contrary, cannot be edited by code 50. However, 777 is only used to change the I.S. terminal configuration.

Figure 6-6: Order Code which Require Access Code 777

Security Level Access Code

0 None

1 For Operator 50

2 For Engineer 51/530/777


JNOU

NPFAH



Setting an Access Code

Item Procedure Remarks

Static Matrix1. At the static matrix

“MORE FUNCTION”, select GVH=039 “ACCESS CODE”

2. The default value is “0”. Touch the “+” key.

3. The first digit increases to 9, then the second digit increases. Stop touching “+” once “50” is reached.

4. “50” is blinking. Gently touch “+” key again to change the first digit from 0 to 1. Now “51” is reached.

5. Here touch “E”; “EDITING ENABLE” will be displayed.

• When “E” is touched while displaying an access code except 0, 50, or 51 “EDITING LOCKED” will appear.

• If an access code has not been selected before performing any settings, the screen will automatically change to show “ACCESS CODE”

• Operation Commands can be sent, and displayed data read, by remote systems, depending on your 6005 STG specification.

MOREFUNCTION

ACCESS CODE

039


Varec, Inc. 57

Operation Command and New Operation Status

Operation Commands

Operation Commands can be sent the 6005 STG from a host system. Table 6 explains the command codes.

Table 6: Operation Commands

New Operation Status

The following table shows the new operation status, which is available when “NEW NMS STATUS”, matrix position GVH=272, is selected to “ENABLED”.

Code Command Remarks

0 LEVEL

1 UP

2 STOP After weight calibration, STOP is set as a default operation command

3 BOTTOM LEVEL

4 UPPER INTERF. LEVEL

5 MIDD.INTERF.LEVEL

6 UPPER DENSITY

7 MIDDLE DENSITY

8 DENSITY BOTTOM

9 REPEATABILITY

10 WATER DIP

Code Meaning 6005 STG Display

0 No definition -

1 Displacer at reference position REFERENCE

2 Displacer hoisting up UP

3 Displacer going down DOWN

4 Displacer stop STOP

5 Level measurement, balanced LEVEL

6 Upper I/F level, balanced UPPER INTERF. LEV.

7 Middle I/F level, balanced MIDD. INTERF. LEV.

8 Bottom meas. Balanced BOTTOM LEVEL

9 Upper density finished UPPER DENSITY



Table 7: New Operation Status

10 Middle density finished MIDDLE DENSITY

11 Bottom density finished DENSITY BOTTOM

12 Release over tension RELE. OVER TENS.

13 Calibration activated CAL. ACTIVE

14 Seeking level LEVEL SEEKING

15 Following level LEVEL FOLLOWING

16 Seeking upper density UPP.DEN.SEEKING

17 Seeking middle density MID.DEN.SEEKING

18 Seeking bottom density BOT. DEN. SEEKING

19 Seeking upper I/F level UPP. INT. SEEKING

20 Following upper I/F level UPP. INT. FOLLOWING

21 Seeking middle I/F level MID.INT.SEEKING

22 Following middle I/F level MID.INT.FOLLOWING

23 Seeking bottom level BOTTOM SEEKING

24 Not initialized NO INITIALIZE

25 Stopped at upper pos. UPPER STOP

26 Stopped at lower pos. LOWER STOP

27 Repeatability testing REPEATABILITY

28 Seeking water level WATER SEEKING

29 Water level, balanced WATER LEVEL

30 Following water level WATER FOLLOWING

31 Over-/under tension, Z-phase, ADC error

EMERGENCY ERROR

32 GVH157 SERVICE MODE = ON MAINTENACE

Code Meaning 6005 STG Display


Varec, Inc. 59

Operation of the Displacer The operation of the displacer for level, bottom level, interface level, and density measurement is possible by touch control.

Table 8: Operation of the Displacer


Static Matrix

Touch Control

1) Select function groupGVH=020 OPERATION

2) Select item OPERATION.The LCD shows the command given to the 6005 STG and the displacer position.

• Set access code to 50.

• If editing has previously been enabled by a valid access code, then the request for the code will not appear.

The following commands are available at this position:

LEVELUPSTOPBOTTOM LEVELUPPER INTERF. LEV*MIDD.INTERF.LEV*UPPER DENSITY*MIDDLE DENSITY*DENSITY BOTTOM*WATER DIP*REPEATABILITY TEST

* Interface and density measurements are not available unless specifically requested.* Density profile measurement is explained in Chapter .

• The optional operation commands are available when such options are set.

OPERATION OPERATION

Level

BottomLevel

Upper Interface Level

Middle Interface Level

Density Bottom

Water Dip

Middle Density

Upper Density



Calculation of Level and Densities This section specifies the formula used by the 6005 STG to calculate levels and densities.

Figure 6-7: Calculation of Levels and Densities

Surface and Interface Levels

While the measured surface or interface level is constant, the displacer rests at the balancing position. The tension on the measuring wire is proportional to the displacer weight diminished by the buoyancy forces in both layers:

A rise or fall of the level will increase or decrease the submerged volume. If this change exceeds the volume tolerance set at matrix position GVH=345 “VOLUME TOLERANCE”, then the corresponding change will actuate the motor of the 6005 STG till the balancing condition is fulfilled again.

Measuring WireTension T

GasDensity NegligibleMeasured Displacer Weight W

Upper LiquidDensity ρuMeasured Displacer Weight Wu

Middle LiquidDensity ρmMeasured Displacer Weight Wm

Bottom LiquidDensity ρbMeasured Displacer Weight Wb

Balance Volume VB

DisplacerVolume V

Level Formula

Liquid Level T = W - VBρu

Upper Surface T = W - VBρm - (V - VB) ρu

Middle Surface T = W - VBρb - (V - VB) ρm


Varec, Inc. 61

Tank Bottom Level

For bottom level measurement, the balancing condition is defined as

Densities

The upper, middle, and bottom densities are calculated by the following formula.

• Upper density (pu) and Density profile

• Middle density (pm)

• Bottom density (pb)Draft

The draft depends on the shape of the displacer. For cylindrical shape, the draft is

where the variables and constants have the following meanings;

ρu =V

W - Wu

ρm =V

Wu - Wm ρu+

ρb =V

Wm - Wb ρm+

D = (V2 - V1) / A x 10 + h



Figure 6-8: Draft

The surface or interface level should be within the cylindrical part of the displacer and approximately in the middle of its total height.

d

hV2

D

h1V3

Liquid level or Interface

= (V1 - V2 - V3) / A x 10 + h + h1

V1

V2

hA

Displacer Balance volume 69cm3)Displacer lower hemisphere volume

Height of the lower coneCross-section of the displacer

V1

V2

hA

Balance volume (69 cm3)Volume of the lower cone (24.46 cm3)

Displacer bottom stub height (20 mm)Cross-section of the displacer (20.26 cm2)

For example:standard displacer Ø50.8 mm Cylindrical shape

D = (69 - 24.46 - 0.12) / 20.26 x 10 + 20 + 3 = 44.92

V3 Displacer bottom stub volume

V3 Volume of the end of cone (0.12 cm3)

h Height of the end of cone1

1

Varec, Inc. 63

Chapter 7

Commissioning

Initial SettingsThis section explains initial settings required at commissioning. Some, or all, of these settings may be required, depending on the 6005 STG specification. Set Access code 51 at GVH039 before making these initial settings.

System calendar/clock (GVH193 to 197)

Calendar/Clock values are set at factory prior to delivery. Change the data to reflect local time.

Density values (GVH005 to 007)

Caution Always set GVH=005 Upper Density for actual density data, in LPG and any application where the actual density is less than 0.7000 g/ml. failure to set this data may result in level gauge malfunction.

Density values for 3 liquid phases are set to 1.000 g/ml prior to delivery. Change the data to reflect actual density values. For tanks with only one liquid phase, set Upper Density. For tanks with 2 or 3 clear phases, set Middle and Bottom densities too.

Note Minimum difference between phase settings should be at least 0.100 g/ml. *GVH005 ≤ GVH006 ≤ GVH007

Example:

• GVH005 Upper Density: 0.758• GVH006 Middle Density: 0.880• GVH007 Density Bottom: 1.000

Tank Height (GVH140)

Tank height value is set to default value at factory prior to delivery. Tank height is the reference height, usually a gauging hatch on the tank that is used during manual level measurements. Change GVH140 to equal the reference height. Note: GVH141 “Dip Point Offset” will automatically change to reflect the difference in height between the reference height and the 6005 STG reference position.



Figure 7-1: Tank Height

Upper/Lower Stop (GVH161/162)

Upper and Lower Stop determine the highest and lowest point of displacer movement. These data are set to 16000mm and 0mm respectively at factory prior to delivery. Change these data to the desired actual Upper and Lower limit values.

Communications Address (GVH285)

Several types of digital output communication protocols are available when ordered from Varec. The 6005 STG is delivered with communications hardware and/or software installed. Only minimal matrix parameter setting, Access code 51, is required.

Communications protocol is displayed and selected at G2V8H6 Protocol. The 6005 STG has been preset at factory, it is not necessary to change the setting.

At GVH285, select the desired device address for 6005 STG. Address range: 0-9, 00-FF, or 1-247 for MODBUS.

Note FF is fixed for MIC protocol. WM550 and M/S address setting is done via dip switches on the communications module inside 6005 STG. For Rackbus, termination resis-tors should be set on 6005 STG at end of loop. Enraf BPM address range is 00-99.

Refer to section , "Remote Communications" on page 72 for Address Setting details.

Tank Height

Dip Point Offset

(Difference between the dipping hole height and the reference line of the calibration window)

Chapter 7 - Commissioning

Varec, Inc. 65

Proactive Safety Function (GVH157/158/159)

Table 1: Proactive Safety Function (GVH157/158/159)

Safety Level Default, by Output Protocol

Table 2: Safety Level Default, by Output Protocol

Matrix Setting

G1V5H7 Service Mode: default = OFF. Select OFF if GVH158 Prosafety = ON.Select ON only when performing maintenance on the 6005 STG.Warning!Selecting ON disables the Proactive Safety function!Access code 530

G1V5H8 Prosafety: default = ON.Select OFF only if the Proactive Safety function will not be used. Warning!Failure to confirm ON disables the Proactive Safety function!Access code 530

G1V5H9 Safety Level: default = 65000.0mm (WM550.), or = 99999.0 mm (other protocols)Possible data values depend on receiver specification (see Table 2)Access code 530

Protocol Data range Data format

MODBUS 0.0 to 99999.0mm Float

V1 0 to 99999.9mm ASCII / 6 digit

MDP 0 to 99999mm BCD / 5digit

WM550 0 to 65000mm 16bit

Mark/Space 19.999m/32.699m 20bit BCD / 5 digit

Enraf BPM 0 to 99999.9mm 6 or 7 byte

Rackbus 0 to 99999.9mm Float

HART 0 to 99999.9mm Float



Analog output (GVH250 to 256)

When specified and ordered from Varec, the 6005 STG is equipped with analog output hardware installed. Function settings may be changed as follows:

Table 3: Analog Output (GVH250 to 256) — Function Settings

Contact Relay Alarm output (GVH240 to 247)

When specified and ordered from Varec, the 6005 STG is equipped with contact relay alarm output hardware installed. Function settings may be changed as follows:

Table 4: Contact Relay Alarm Output (GVH240 to 247) — Function Settings

Function Setting

Assign Output 1 Assign level or temperature to channel 1 output.

Adjust 4mA Set desired value at which level or temperature outputs 4 mA.

Adjust 20mA Set desired value at which level or temperature outputs 20 mA

Assign Output 2 Assign level or temperature to channel 2 output.

Adjust 4mA Set desired value at which level or temperature outputs 4 mA

Adjust 20mA Set desired value at which level or temperature outputs 20 mA.

Device at Alarm Select type of output for alarm

Function Setting

Select Relay Select from Relay 1, 2, 3 or 4

Assign Relay Select output definition from range of choices: None, Level, Liquid Temperature, Caution, Warning, Emergency Error, Balance Signal

Relay Function Select High or Low

Switching Point: Set value at which relay is activated

Hysteresis Set hysteresis value for selected relay

Relay on Alarm Select from Normal Open or Normal Closed

On Delay Time Set time delay value for alarm output start

Off Delay Time Set delay value for alarm output stop


Varec, Inc. 67

Settings for the 453x Temperature Device Connections

The following settings are required to display 4539 Average Temperature Sensor/Water Bottom Sensor and Converter (ATC) data on 6005 STG screens.

Table 5: Settings for the 453x Temperature Device Connections

Caution For the 4535, 4539, and 4532 temperature device connections, refer to the appropriate operating manual for your device.


Matrix Group: SERVICE

Static Matrix

1) In Static Matrix “MORE FUNCTION”, invoke

GVH=030 “MATRIX OF” and select “SERVICE”.

2) Invoke the Dynamic Matrix GVH=362

“CONNECTION 453x” screen.

3) Use the “+” and “-” keys to display “AVER-

AGE” and press “E” to set data.

4) Press “E” to return to “SYSTEM DATA” and press

the “-” key to return to “MORE FUNCTION”.

5) Invoke Static Matrix “GVH=030 MATRIX OF”. The 6005 STG matrix is

divided into matrix groups.

Select “TEMPERATURE” from these groups.

6) “EDITING ENABLED” is displayed on the LCD.

7) The average liquid temperature is displayed

on Dynamic Matrix screen GVH=440.

8) The temperature of each contact is displayed

on Dynamic Matrix screens GVH=450 to

GVH=459.

• Set access code 51.

• 6005 STG HART connection (terminal 24 & 25) must have corresponding IS input in order to configure 453x IS version.

• The Static Matrix GVH=010 “LIQUID TEMP.” screen also displays the average temperature.

MOREFUNCTION

SYSTEMDATA

CONNECTION NMT3 6 2

MATRIX OF0 3 0

MOREFUNCTION

MATRIX OF0 3 0



Settings for the 4560 Servo Monitor Connections To connect a 4560 Servo Monitor, the 6005 STG requires the following settings.

Caution Turn on the power to 6005 STG first.

Table 6: Settings for the 4560 Servo Monitor Connections


Matrix Group: SERVICE1. In Static Matrix

“MORE FUNC-TION”, invoke GVH=030 “MATRIX OF” and select “SERVICE”.

2. Invoke the Dynamic Matrix GVH=361 “CONNECTION NRF" screen.

3. Use the “+” and “-” keys to select either “CONTACT 1" or “CONTACT 2".

4. The setting is com-plete.

• Set access code 51.

• CONTACT 1...4560 Servo Monitorsoftware version 1.6x and earlier (those 4560 Servo Monitors that indicate no software version correspond to connection type 1).

• CONTACT 2...4560 Servo Monitor software version 1.8x and later.

MOREFUNCTION

SYSTEMDATA

CONNECTION NRF

3 6 1

MATRIX OF0 3 0


Varec, Inc. 69

Liquid Level Calibration

Open Tanks

Preparation

Select LEVEL at GVH020 Operation. The displacer will descend to the liquid surface and balance. When “BAL” is displayed, the displacer has stopped moving.

Manually measure the liquid level using an approved method.

Set Level (GVH150) for Open Tanks

At GVH150, input the liquid level obtained from manual measurement (above).

Figure 7-2: Calibration Level (manual dipping level)

ManualDipping Level



When there is not liquid in the tank:

Figure 7-3: Calibration Level (empty tank)

Note When there is not liquid in the tank, level calibration is not 0mm on measurement principle.

Note In case of need 0mm level calibration, please refer to GVH004(BOTTOM LEVEL) or GVH142(DISPLAC. DRAFT).

Closed Tanks

Level Calibration for Closed Tank

Closed tanks, such as LPG cannot be hand-dipped. In this case follow the procedure below.

Draft

Calibration Level

B

A

B = 45mm Note: Ø50mm (Standard Displacer) 140ml (Displacer Volume) 70ml (Balance Volume)

A = Depend on Tank Design


Varec, Inc. 71

Figure 7-4: Level Calibration for a Closed Tank

1. Check the 6005 STG parameter.

Table 7: 6005 Servo Tank Gauge Parameter List2. Set the Level gauge to GVH020 (BOTTOM)

Figure 7-5: Level Gauge Setting (GVH020 (BOTTOM)

3. Check the Balance.Check that the displacer is balanced.

GVH Item

005 UPPER DENSITY

340 WIRE DRUM CIRC.

342 DISPLACER WEIGHT

343 DISPLACER VOLUME

344 BALANCE VOLUME

BOTTOM plate (datum plate)

BALANCE position for displacer



4. Calculate the displacer balance position. In case of Ø50 standard displacer, when balance volume(GVH343) is reference value (a half of displace volume), the balance point is 45mm from bottom.

Note Please refer to section , "Displacer" on page 6.

Figure 7-6: Level Calibration

5. Level CalibrationSet Level Calibration to 45mm at GVH150 (SET LEVEL) in G1 MATRIX (Calibration). The bot-tom is ZERO. If the bottom plate is not Zero (ex; X mm), please adjust the level value by adding to the value.

LEVEL = X + 45(mm)

Remote Communications

Digital Output

At G2V8H5 Address, set the desired loop address for most digital protocols. Depending on the protocol installed in the 6005 STG, the range of possible addresses differs. Range is 0-9, 00-FF (FF is fixed for MIC protocol), or 1-247 for MODBUS.

• WM550 and Mark Space protocols addresses must be set by switches on the communications module inside the 6005 STG.

• MODBUS: Termination resistors should be set on MODBUS modules (see section , "RS-485 MODBUS (COM- 5) Terminator" on page 1.

• Enraf BPM: Address range is 00-99. A-F are not available.

0mm

45mm

45mm


Varec, Inc. 73

Whessoe Matic 550 (WM550) Communication Board Setting

Jumper Setting

Jumper settings for WM550 communication board.

Table 8: Jumper Settings for the WM550 Communication Board• To loaded software into processor [IC1] J3 has to be open.• If software testing is required; J4 has to be open.• If software reset is required; J6 has to be short.

Polling Address Setting

Caution Polling addresses are set mechanically at SW1 on WM550 communication board (not by accessing the 6005 STG programming matrix). Check all polling addresses before setting.

Table 9 lists the address settings at SW1 on the WM550 communication board.

Table 9: SW1 Address Settings on the WM550 Communication Board

Note For current loop setting, please refer the Whessoe 1098 Operating Manual or the RTU 8130 Operating Manual.

Mark/Space (M/S) communication board setting

Jumper setting

Jumper settings for M/S communication board.

Jumper Function Default condition

J3 (Mode) Use EPROM [IC4]->short Short

J4 (Test) Software testing Short

J6 (Reset) Reset Open

J7 (Watch dog) Watch dog setting Short

Switch Posi-tion

Value

1 1

2 2

3 4

4 8

5 16

6 COMPATIBILITY MODE

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6

Polling address = 1

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6

Polling address = 5

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6

Polling address = 9

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6

Polling address = 3

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6

Polling address = 7

Setting Example



Table 10: Jumper Setting for the Mark/Space Communication Board

Polling address setting

Caution Polling addresses are set mechanically at SW1 (1-8) and SW2(1-2) on the Mark Space communication board (not by accessing 6005 STG programming matrix). Check all polling addresses before setting.


J3 (Mode) Use EPROM [IC4]->short Short

J3 (Reset) Reset Open

J3 (WD) Watch dog setting Short


Varec, Inc. 75

Table 9 lists the polling address settings on the Mark/Space communication board.

Table 11: Polling Address Settings on the Mark/Space Communication Board

Function Setting

Each function is set with SW-2 as shown in Table 12.

Table 12: SW2 — Function Setting

Switch Posi-tion

Value

SW1-1 1

SW1-2 2

SW1-3 4

SW1-4 8

SW1-5 16

SW1-6 32

SW1-7 64

SW1-8 128

SW2-1 256

SW2-2 512

Switch Function Default condition

SW2-3 ON: Data transmission under unbalanced condition ON

SW2-4 ON: low baud rate setting OFF

SW2-5 ON: Feet data OR 0-20m, OFF: 0-30m OFF

SW2-6 ON: Measured data converted to feet OFF

SW2-7 ON: Temperature data (57 bits) ON

SW2-8 ON: Deg. F measured temperature unit, OFF: Deg. C OFF

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

SW - 1 SW - 2

Address setting Function setting

Setting Example (above example:267)



ENRAF Bi Phase communication board (COM-3) setting

Jumper setting

COM-3 Communication board jumper setting.

Table 13: ENRAF BI-Phase Communication (COM-3) Jumper Settings

Communication Setting

At the matrix position GVH=286, select “V1/ENRAF BPM”.


Polling address setting is configured by accessing the 6005 STG matrix, GVH=285 “ADDRESS”. Valid polling addresses are 00–99.

Caution A-F are not valid polling addresses for ENRAF BPM communications.


• Switch S1: Reset switch• Connector J3: Communication port for debugging


JP1 (Mode)ROM type setting

1-2 short: 27C40962-3 short: 27C1024

2-3 short

JP2 (Reset)CPU mode setting (Fixed) 1-2 open

3-4 short5-6 short

J3 (WD)Baud rate setting

1-2 short: 1200 bps1-2 open: 2400 bps

1-2 open


Varec, Inc. 77

Analog Output

Analog output 4-20 mA is available when ordered from Varec. The 6005 STG is delivered with analog output hardware installed. For the following matrix parameter settings, Access code 51, is required.

Table 14: 6005 STG Matrix Parameter Settings via Access Code 51

Note If “LEVEL”, please confirm GVH158 (Prosafety) is “NO”.

Matrix Item Setting

G2V5H0 Assign Output Assign analog output (Level or Temperature) for channel 1.

G2V5H1 Adjust 4 mA Set level or temperature value for 4 mA output on channel 1.Available only when G2V5H0= “Level” or “Liquid Temp”Level: 0...99999mmTemperature: -999...999°CDefault: 0mm / 0°C

G2V5H2 Adjust 20 mA Set level or temperature value for 20mA output on channel 1. Available only when G2V5H0 = “Level” or “Liquid Temp.”Level: 0...99999mmTemperature: -999...999°CDefault: 0mm / 0°C

G2V5H3 Assign Output 2 Assign analog output (Level or Temperature) for channel 2.

G2V5H4 Adjust 4mA Set level or temperature value for 4mA output on channel 2. Available only when G2V5H3 = “Level” or “Liquid Temp.” Level: 0...99999mmTemperature: -999...999°CDefault: 0mm / 0°C

G2V5H5 Adjust 20mA: Set level or temperature value for 20mA output on channel 2. Available only when G2V5H3 = “Level” or “Liquid Temp.”Level: 0...99999mmTemperature: -999...999°CDefault: 0mm / 0°C

G2V5H6 Device at Alarm Select type of output for alarm. Select from OFF, HOLD current output, Maximum value or Minimum value. Default: OFF



Contact Relay Alarm Output

Contact relay alarm output is available when ordered from Varec. The 6005 STG is delivered with analog output hardware installed. Maximum 4 contact relay alarm settings are available.

The following matrix parameter settings, Access code 51, are required.

Table 15: Matrix Parameter Settings via Access Code 51

Table 16 lists the possible error types and their meanings.

Table 16: Error Type and Meaning

Matrix Item Setting

G2V4H0 Select Relay Use +/- and E keys to select to activate Contact Output Relays 1 to 4. Default value = 1.

G2V4H1 Assign Relay Select output definition from range of choices: None, Level, Liquid Temp, Caution, Warning, Emergency Error, and Balance Signal. Default value = NONE.

G2V4H2 Relay Function Select High or Low function, available only when G2V4H1 = “Level” or “Liquid Temp.” Default value = HIGH.

G2V4H3 Switching Point Set level (0-99999 mm) at which relay is activated, available only when G2V4H1 = “Level” or “Liquid Temp.” Default value = 0 mm.

G2V4H4 Hysteresis Set hysteresis value (0-99999 mm) for selected relay, available only when G2V4H1 = “Level” or “Liquid Temp.” Default value = 0 mm.

G2V4H5 Relay on Alarm Select from Normal Open or Normal Closed, available only when G2V4H1 = “Level” or “Liquid Temp.” Default value = NORMAL OPENED.

G2V4H6 On Delay time Set delay time (0-999 seconds) for alarm output start, available only when G2V4H1 = “Level” or “Liquid Temp.” Default value = 0 seconds.

G2V4H7 Off Delay Time Set delay time (0-999 seconds) for alarm stop, available only when G2V4H1 = “Level” or “Liquid Temp.” Default value = 0 seconds.

Error type Meaning

LEVEL Upper or Lower limit exceeded

LIQUID TEMPERATURE Upper or Lower limit exceeded

CAUTION Auto wire calibration error; Auto displacer calibration error

WARNING Upper weight limit exceeded (GVH162); Lower weight limit exceeded (GVH163); Local communication error; 453x error; LCD error; communication error; EEROM data error

EMERGENCY ERROR Z-phase no input error; ADC sensor error; communication IC error; A-phase no input error, Driver error, power failure


Varec, Inc. 79

Relay Logic

Module name I/O - 3

Alarm output, Standard(Order Code position 050= 1,2,3 or 5)

4 relays with potential-free change-over contacts, freely assignable to measured value

Hysteresis, Alarm output Switch points and switching hysteresis freely adjustable, residual current fail-safe mode: minimum or maximum, selectable

Operation output logic

Switching capacity, Alarm output • Max. 250VAC, 2A / 62.5VA• Max. 220VDC, 2A / 60 W• FM/CSA: 30VAC, 2A/42VDC, 2A, 60W

Alarm output, Overspill prevention (Order Code position 050=4)

2 relays with potential- free changeover contacts, assignable to Level

Hysteresis, Alarm output Switch points and switching hysteresis freely adjustable, residual current fail-safe mode: minimum or maximum, selectable


Relay Condition

Initial Configuration

(normal status)Open Closed

On alarm Closed OpenOn device

ErrorClosed Open

On abnormal power supply (5% lower than, or 5% higher than specified power supply)

Custody Transfer Closed

Custody Transfer

Open

Power outage Hold last condition

Relay Condition

Initial Configuration(normal status) Closed

On alarm Open

On device Error Open

On abnormal power supply (5% lower than, or 5% higher than specified power supply)

Open

Power outage Open



Table 17: Relay Logic

Density Measurement and Density Profile Measurement

Two different types of density measurement are available when ordered from Varec.

• Spot density measurement for up to 3 liquid phases• Density profile measurement

a. Tank profile for up to 16 points for total liquid height.b. Tank profile for upper phase liquid only.c. Tank profile based on a manually entered profile parameter.

Spot Density Measurement

Spot measurement for up to 3 liquid phases is an option that is available when ordered from Varec.

The following preconditions are required in order to assure safe and accurate operation.

• 6005 STG must be configured for Spot density measurement as ordered from Varec. For information regarding upgrading the 6005 STG, please contact Varec at (770) 447-9202.

Switching capacity • U max.: 200VDC/200VppAC• I max.: 0.5A, DC or peak AC • P max.: 15W

Operation Input 2 photocouplers, for external input from controller (tumbler switch, DCS, and so on)


Input voltage 15VDC, active circuit (supplied by 6005 STG)

Input current Approximately 5mA

Gauge Status CTR1 CTR2

LEVEL

UP

STOP

INTERFACE LEVEL

0 (OFF)

1 (ON)

0 (OFF)

1 (ON)

0 (OFF)

0 (OFF)

1 (ON)

1 (ON)


Varec, Inc. 81

• Density values:

Figure 7-7: Density Values

Density values can be viewed and changed at the following matrix positions:

• G0V0H5 Upper Density• G0V0H6 Middle Density• G0V0H7 Density Bottom

• The displacer is balanced at liquid level and the liquid surface is not moving.

For spot density measurement, set or select the following parameters. Alternatively, accepting the factory default settings is also an option:

Table 18: Spot Density Measurement

Operation

At G0V2H0 “OPERATION”, select the desired density operation: UPPER DENSITY, MIDDLE DENSITY, or DENSITY BOTTOM. The 6005 STG raises the displacer up out of the liquid, measures its weight, and sends the displacer down to measure density. After density is measured the displacer remains at that position until UP or LEVEL command are selected at G0V2H0 “Operation.”

Figure 7-8: Density Profile Measurement

Matrix Item Setting

G1V4H3 Displacer Raise Dens

Set distance (0-300mm) for displacer to rise above level position during Density operations. Default setting = 150 mm. Observe the rule: G1V4H3 + G1V4H4 = 300 n, where n = integer.

G1V4H4 Displacer Subm. Dens

Set distance (0-300mm) for displacer to sink below level position during Density operations. Default setting = 150 mm. Observe the rule: G1V4H3 + G1V4H4 = 300 n, where n = integer.

e.g. 0.760 g/cm3

e.g. 0.880 g/cm3

e.g. 0.1000 g/cm3

(Example)

- Upper Density < Middle Density < Bottom Density Middle Density - Upper Density 0.100 g/ cm3

Bottom Density - Middle Density 0.100 g/ cm3

Upper Layer (Gas or Liquid)

Lower Layer(Liquid)

A

B



Density Profile Measurement

Tank profile density measurement

In addition to the preconditions, the following additional preconditions are required in order to assure safe and accurate operation for tank profile density measurement. Access Code 51 is required to edit parameters.

• 6005 STG must be configured for Spot & Profile density measurement as ordered from Varec. For information regarding upgrading the 6005 STG, please contact Varec at (770) 447-9202.

• Tank Bottom Level GVH004 must = 0 If not, (e.g. actual bottom = 884mm) 6005 STG will try to calculate profile intervals based on Measured Level divided by OPE. Point (GVH000 / GVH841). But the displacer will hit bottom before being able to measure points below e.g. 884mm.

• If Bottom Level is not 0 mm, select Manual I/F Profile at GVH840. Set GVH843 I/F Manual Level = actual bottom level e.g. 884mm. In this case the intervals will be calculated based on (GVH000 - GVH843)/GVH841.

• There must be no movement or transfer of product, into or out of the tank, during density profile operation. Note that, depending on the height of liquid in the tank, density profile operation may take 1 hour or more.

Table 19: Tank Profile Density Measurement

Note Additional matrix parameter settings are required for remote communications via WM550 communications protocol.

Refer to section , "Programming Matrix" on page 119, (Dynamic Matrix, Device Data: G2), WM550 DENS. SEL.).

A. Tank profile for up to 16 points for total liquid heightG8V4H0 Ope Select: Select 1: Tank Profile.

B. Tank profile for upper phase liquid only G8V4H0 Ope Select: Select 2: I/F Profile.

C. Tank profile for based on a manually entered profile parameter.G8V4H0 Ope Select: Select 3: MANU.I/F Profile.

For choices A, B, and C above, set or select the following parameters. Alternatively, accepting the factory default settings is also an option:

Matrix Item Setting

G1V5H4 Safe Density Select the desired resultant condition when density profile measurement fails due to displacer reaching the low-limit for density profile operation (set in G1V5H5). Selecting “ON” will result in STOP operation. Selecting “IGNOR” will result in “LEVEL” operation, displacer will return to liquid level. Selecting “OFF” will leave the displacer at the position where density profile measurement failed, and in “DENSITY” operation.

G1V5H5 Den Ope Level Set the lower limit for displacer movement during density profile operation. Default setting = 300 mm.


Varec, Inc. 83

Table 20: Factory Default Settings

Matrix Item Setting

G8V4H1 Ope Point Set the number of measurement points (2-16) for Tank Profile measurement. Default setting = 2.

G8V4H3 I/F Manu. Level Manually set the water interface level (0-99999.9mm) to be referenced during Tank Profile measurement. Default setting = 0 mm. Only used with C, tank profile for based on a manually entered profile parameter.

G8V4H4 Bal. Level Set the allowance for level movement (1.0 -99.9 mm) prior to Tank Profile operation. If level movement exceeds this value, Profile operation is canceled. Setting 99.9mm allows Profile measurement to proceed, regardless of level movement. Default setting = 2.0 mm.

G8V4H5 Up Wait Time Set waiting time (1-31 minutes) for displacer weight to be measured in air, when making the weight table at start of Profile operation. Default setting = 1 minute.

G8V4H6 Liq Wait Time Set the time (1-31 minutes) for displacer to stop at each measurement position during profile operation. Default setting = 1 minute.

G8V4H7 Ope Wait Time Set maximum waiting time (1-31 minutes) for conditions in G8V4H4 (Bal Level) to be satisfied before profile operation begins. E.g. if level movement exceeds setting at G8V4H4, 6005 STG is in “standby” for the time set in this matrix. After the maximum time elapses, profile operation is canceled. Default setting = 1 minute.



Initial Setting of Tank Profile (density profile) Measurement

All of the necessary set up can be done at the “G8 Tank Profile” matrix as explained earlier. There are six factors to be configured prior to the actual operation.

Table 21: G8V4H0 OPE. SELECT

Table 22: G8V4H1 OPE. POINT


• Select G0V3H0 “MATRIX OF” in the row “MORE FUNCTION” on Static Matrix, then select “Tank profile”.

Set access code to 50

• Select function group “PROFILE OPE” and G8V4H0 “OPE SELECT”.

The row of PROFILE OPE is the only function group that needs configuration for the density profile operation.

• Select 1: “TANK PROFILE” by pressing + or - key.

• Then press E to configure.

Selection of “0:SPOT” enables Upper Density measurement instead of Density Profile measurement.


• Select G8V4H1 “OPE POINT” to determine number of density measuring points.

• Set access code to 51. Default value is 2 points and selectable up to 16 points.

• Enter required number by pressing + or - key, and E to confirm.

• Whatever the number of measuring point is selected, the measuring interval & point between each point are automatically calculated within the liquid level.

Static Matrix

MOREFUNCTION Matrix of

TANK PROFILE

PROFILEOPE.

OPE.SELECT

STATUSDATADENSITY1-10DENSITY11-16

Position1-10Position10-16

Dynamic Matrix

Function Group

GVH=840

GVH=030

Matrix Group : TANK PROFILE

PROFILEOPE.

OPE.POINT

Function Group

Matrix Group: TANK PROFILE


Varec, Inc. 85

Table 23: G8V4H4 BAL. LEVEL

Table 24: G8V4H5 UP WAIT TIME


• Select G8V4H4 “BAL LEVEL” to determine the liquid stability range in order to start the operation.

• Set access code to 51. 6005 STG software has a function to scan & record the liquid level every 5 minutes.

• Enter desired value by pressing + or - key and E to confirm. Input value of 99.9mm represents that activation of measuring procedure regardless of level condition.

• 6005 STG only starts the actual measurement when the liquid level is within the entered value compared to the recorded level data 5 minutes ago. This function ensures the safe operating condition to avoid filling or draining liquid from the tank.


• Select G8V4H4 “UP WAIT TIME” to determine the displacer weight calibration interval in air.

• Set access code to 51. The displacer raises approximately 500mm above liquid surface after confirming the stability of liquid level within “BAL LEVEL” function.

• Enter desired waiting time by pressing + or - key, and E to confirm.

• The displacer weight is calibrated at 8 different positions in air and the interval between those positions is adjustable within this function to allow excess liquid to drip off the displacer to achieve higher accuracy.

TANKPROFILE

Function Group

BAL.LEVEL

GVH=844


TANKPROFILE

Function Group

UP.WAITTIME

GVH=845




Table 25: G8V4H6 LIQ. WAIT TIME

Table 26: G8V4H7 OPE. WAIT TIME

Operation of Tank Profile (Density Profile) Measurement

After all of initial settings are completed, the actual operation can be proceeded by one simple command. The operation status regarding this function is displayed on G8V5H0 and the liquid level condition is also displayed on G8V5H1. Terms of status display and descriptions are listed below.


• Select G8V4H6 “LIQ. WAIT TIME” to determine the displacer weight calibration interval between each measuring point in the liquid.

• Set access code to 51. A small turbulence made by the movement of displacer itself may cause the liquid surrounding displacer to be unstable for the precise measurement.


• This function allows displacer to hold in each calculated position before actual measurement is proceeded based on the entered value.


• Select G8V4H7 “OPE. WAIT TIME” to determine the operation holding time limit to accept “BAL. LEVEL” before the actual operation starts.

• Set access code to 51. Entire operation begins only when the condition described in “BAL. LEVEL” is achieved.


• This function determines how long for the 6005 STG to wait if “BAL. LEVEL” can not be established before quitting entire operation.

Status Content

0: Accepting Accepting density profile command

1: Standby Ready to execute density profile command

TANKPROFILE

Function Group

LIQ. WAITTIME

GVH=846


TANKPROFILE

Function Group

OPE. WAITTIME

GVH=847



Varec, Inc. 87

Table 27: Operations Status (G8V5H0, OPE. STATUS)

Table 28: Level Condition Status (G8V5H1, LEVEL CONDITION)

Table 29: Static Matrix

2: In operation Executing density profile command

3: OPR. END Density profile operation completed successfully

4: UN_BALANCE ERR Fail: Required conditions for density profile operation not satisfied

5: IPR. ERR. STOP Fail: Abnormal conditions occurred during density profile operation

Status Content

0: Off Level Meas. Active operation is not LEVEL (Profile cannot start)

1: Stable Liquid level/surface is stable (Profile can start)

2: Unstable Liquid level/surface is unstable (Profile cannot start)

3: Ignore condition Ignores liquid level/surface condition (profile cannot start)


• Select G0V2H0 “OPERATION” in the Static Matrix, then select “UPPER DENSITY”.

• Set access code to 50. • The operation command

“UPPER DENSITY” is shared between spot and Tank Profile density measurement depends on G8V4H0 configuration.

• Press E to start the operation.

• The operation must start when the 6005 STG is in Level measuring mode.

• Unless there are any incompatible circumstances during the operation, the displacer automatically returns to the level measurement after the last measuring point.

• To minimize the risk of safe operation, the displacer immediately returns to the Level measurement regardless of completing various data processes.

Status Content

Static Matrix

GVH=020

OPERATION OPERATION

LEVELUPSTOPBOTTOM LEVELMIDDLE INTER LEVELUPPER DENSITYMIDDLE DENSITYDENSITY BOTTOMREPEATABLITYWATER DIP



Figure 7-9: Density profile Operation Diagram

Operation procedure:

1. Operation status with level measurement.

2. Displacer raises & weights in the air at 8 points.

3. Density measurement at programmed position in the liquid.

8 points of air weight measurement (within 300mm circumference of wire drum)

Nozzle

6005 Servo Tank GaugeProservo

The first displacer weight calculation line(Approximately 500mm from liquid level)

No. 1 measuring point







If required density measuring points are 7, the method to calculate each point from liquid level in NMS with ver 4.25 software is:

(7 points +1)Liquid level x measuring point number

Ex. If the liquid level is 4,000 mm and needs to determine the position of No. 5 measuring point from the liquid surface;

(7 +1)4,000 x 5 = 2,500 mm

Interface profile (upper layer)Max.16 point

Tank profile (liquid level to tank bottom)Max.16 point

Liquid level


Varec, Inc. 89

4. Returns to level measurement.5. Data stored in G8 matrix accordingly.

Caution The average density & temperature data regarding density profile function (G8 Matrix) are completely different from the data on G0 static matrix, which displays the conventional upper density (spot) & temperature (continuously scanned) data.

Interface Measurement The 6005 STG can measure interface levels via the following operations:

• Upper Interface Level: returns the level data for the interface between top 2 liquid phases. Displacer remains at interface level in UPPER INTERFACE operation.

• Middle Interface Level: returns the level data for the interface between bottom 2 liquid phases. Displacer remains at interface level in MIDDLE INTERFACE operation.

• Water Dip: returns the level data for the interface between top 2 liquid phases. Displacer returns to liquid level in LEVEL operation.

The following preconditions are required in order to assure safe and accurate operation.

• Density values:

Figure 7-10: Density Values

Density values can be viewed and changed at the following matrix positions:

• G0V0H5 Upper Density• G0V0H6 Middle Density• G0V0H7 Density Bottom

Note Additional matrix parameter settings are required for remote communications via WM550 communications protocol.

Refer to section , "Programming Matrix" on page 119, (Dynamic Matrix, Device Data: G2), WM550 ALM. SELECT).

e.g. 0.760 g/cm3

e.g. 0.880 g/cm3

e.g. 0.1000 g/cm3

(Example)

- Upper Density < Middle Density < Bottom Density Middle Density - Upper Density 0.100 g/ cm3

Bottom Density - Middle Density 0.100 g/ cm3



Operation:

After confirming the above preconditions, use the “+” or “-” keys to select the desired operation at matrix position G0V2H0 OPERATION. When the desired operation is displayed, press the “E” key.

Sealing of the 6005 STG The 6005 STG can be sealed, and data can be made unchangeable for custody transfer purposes as follows.

Set OPE. DENSITY at position GVH=278 as the density of the liquid. (If the density is expected to change during operation, then set the average value.)

Turn off the power supply, open the 6005 STG.

Turn the micro switch to “on position” on the printed circuit board TCB (see Figure 7-11). The 6005 STG will then set “write-protect” mode and not accept any change of level, weight, and density data.

Figure 7-11: The Printed Circuit Board TCB

220

91

61

131

1

CN

BC

N5

CN

7C

N6

CN

14

SW1

U1

4 1

5

4 1

5 8

58 1

4 58 1

4

U20 U19

U15 U13

U10

141

1528

1

16

8

9

17

8

U14

U9

U21

U7

U4

U11

U12

1

14

7

8

1

16

U24

U6

9

8

C16

C8

C7

U2

DC-DC Converter

C35

U3

C38 ON OFFCN9

CN2CN3

TCBCD_L423

Protect Switch

Varec, Inc. 91

Chapter 8

Maintenance The 6005 STG measuring instrument requires no special maintenance.

Exterior Cleaning When cleaning the exterior of measuring devices, always use cleaning agents that do not attack the surface of the housing and the seals.

Replacing Seals O-rings on the 6005 STG may need to be replaced periodically, especially in extreme environments. The period between changes depends on the severity of the environment, and on the temperature of the ambient and process.

Repairs The Varec repair concept assumes that the measuring devices have a modular design and that customers are able to undertake repairs themselves (see section , "Spare Parts" on page 104). Please contact Varec at (770) 447-9202 for further information on service and spare parts.

Repairs to Ex-approved Devices When carrying out repairs to Ex-approved devices, please note the following:

• Repairs to Ex-approved devices may only be carried out by trained personnel or by the Varec Service.

• Comply with the prevailing standards, national Ex-area regulations, safety instructions and certificates.

• Only use original spare parts from Varec.• When ordering a spare part, please note the device designation on the nameplate.

Only replace parts with identical parts.• Carry out repairs according to the instructions. On completion of repairs, carry out

the specified routine test on the device.• Only Varec Service can convert a certified device into a different certified variant.• Document all repair work and conversions.



Replacement After a complete 6005 STG or electronic module has been replaced, a new sensor adjustment is required.

Varec, Inc. 93

Chapter 9

Diagnosis and Troubleshooting The 6005 STG has a superb self-diagnosis function that monitors its operation. If an error has occurred, the corresponding message is displayed on the LCD. The selected matrix position and the error message are displayed every few seconds alternatively. Data can be accessed while the selected matrix position is displayed. The error messages are stored in the memory of the 6005 STG. Matrix position GVH=037 provides the diagnostic history.

Selection of Diagnostic Code and History

Table 1: Selection of Diagnostic Code and History


Static Matrix: G0

Touch Control

1. On “MORE FUNCTION”, select item GVH=036 “DIAGNOSTIC CO.”

2. Previous static matrix records are sequentially displayed in Static Matrix screen GVH=037, starting with the latest record. Up to 100 alarm records can be saved. If the number of records exceeds 100, it is sequentially overwritten starting with the oldest record. For example, 973192238 2402 means that an error occurred at 22:38 on March 19, 1997, when the instrument temperature was 24 oC and this is the second error since 6005 STG was installed. Display includes the year, month, day, hour, minute, instrument temperature, and an error sequential number in this order.

• Item GVH=037 only shows error message, calendar, and pointer, but no label on the LCD.

MOREFUNCTION

DIAGNOSTIC CO

(Erroneous Message)0 3 6

0 3 7



Error and Status Messages

Message Cause Remedy Error code

-49.5 ºC Indication of shorted element in 453x temperature sensor.

Check GVH=450 thru GVH=459 to see element.

358.0 ºC Element is not enabled, or not installed in 453x Temperature Sensor.

Check GVH=482 Total number of elements

359.0 ºC Indication of open element in 453x temperature sensor.

Check GVH=450 thru GVH=459 to see element.

ADC/SENSOR ERROR The signal from the A/D converter is out of range.

Consult Varec Service. 107

ADJ. XXXCOUNTER(X=A, I, Z or combination)

Error of level data check by A, I, and/or Z phase encoder.

If the message appears frequently, then consult Varec Service.

A PHASE NO INPUT The input of the A phase signal from the encoder is not available.

Replace the detector unit. Consult Varec Service. 122

BELOWBOT. POINT Indicates 6005 STG displacer position is below the lowest N453x temperature sensor element.

DEVICE ERROR: DEV 1 (or 2)

The HART device 1 (or 2) gives an error signal.

Check the HART device 1 (or 2) . 130, 131

DEVICE ERROR: NMT

The N453x Temperature Devices give an error signal.

Check the connection of the N453x Temperature Device. Check the register of the temperature sensor at position GVH=362 “CONNECTION NMT.”

250

DEVICE ERROR: NMT

The N453x temperature sensor is not available.

Check the N453x Temperature Devices. Error messages are available in the N453x manual.

233

DEVICE ERROR: NRF

The 4560 Servo Gauge Monitor gives an error signal.

Check the 4560 SGM. Error messages are available in the N4560 Servo Gauge Monitor manual.

240

DISPL CALIB ERROR The deviation of automatic weight calibration exceeds its set limit.

Check build-up or deposit on the displacer. 120

ELEM 0 RANGE OVER Indicates the reference resistance element (ºC) on the temperature sensor electronics is out- of- tolerance.

IMPOSSIBILITY Operation is impossible because there is no weight table.

LOCAL ERROR: DEV1 (or 2)

The 6005 STG cannot access the local HART device 1 (or 2)

Check the connection of the HART device to the 6005 STG. Check the registration of the device(s) in matrix group G5/6.

232

LOCAL ERROR: NMT

The signal from the N453x temperature sensor is not available.

Check the connection of the N453x Temperature Device. Check the register of the Temperature Sensor at position GVH=362 “CONNECTION NMT.”

111

Chapter 9 - Diagnosis and Troubleshooting

Varec, Inc. 95

LOCAL ERROR: NRF

The 6005 STG cannot access the N4560 Servo Gauge Monitor.

Check the connection of the 4560 Servo Monitor and register of the Tank Side Monitor at position GVH=361 “CONNECTION NRF.”

113

MAINTENANCE GVH157 Service Mode = ON Set GVH157 = OFF 199

MEM. ERROR Defect in the memory that is specially used for custody transfer sealing.

Replace the CPU board. Consult Varec Service. 201

MPU RESET Power to the CPU module fell below minimum value.

MPU: START ACT* Power to the 6005 STG was turned OFF/ON.

If the message occurs frequently, then consult Varec Service.

OVERTENSION The tension on the measuring wire exceeds the upper limit set at position GVH=162 “OVER TENS. SET.”

Check if the displacer motion is blocked by clogging or sticking. To release overtensioning, access position GVH=371 “RELE. OVER TENS.”

101

POWER FAILURE The supply voltage falls below the allowed value.

Check the power source. 124

RAM FAILURE CPU RAM failure

ROM ERROR EEPROM Consult Varec Service. 132

SIFA ERROR Error between communication board and CPU board for digital output.

Replace the CPU board. Consult Varec service. 114

TEMP BELOW RANGE Indicates the measured temperature data is below the fixed range of the N453x ATC temperature sensor.

TEMP COM OPEN Indicates an open common line in the N453x ATC Temperature Sensor.

TEMP COM SHORT Indicates a shorted common line in the N453x temperature sensor.

TEMP OVER RANGE Indicates the measured temperature data is higher than the fixed range of the 453x ATC Temperature Sensor.

UNDERTENSION The tension on the measuring wire falls below the lower limit set at position GVH=163 “UNDER TENS. SET.”

Check if the measuring wire is cut or the displacer is lost. In this case, check the installation of the 6005 STG.

102

WIRE CALIB ERROR The deviation of automatic wire calibration exceeds its set limit.

Check wire and wire drum. 115

Z PHASE NO INPUT The input of the Z phase signal from the encoder is not available.

Replace the detector unit. Consult Varec Service. 106, 112




*These error histories are available (Erroneous Message) at position GVH=037.

MPU:XXXX*(XXXX=text)

CPU error The error might happen occasionally and might be registered in GVH=037 (Erroneous Message). However, it is normally negligible. If it occurs frequently, then consult Varec Service.

OPE.CODE ERROR An illegal operation command is accessed.

If the message occurs frequently, then consult Varec Service.

LCD CHECK Error between LCD (touch control) unit and CPU board for digital output.

Replace the touch control. 121

GAUGE TEMP. The temperature inside the gauge exceeds the limit.

Check if the ambient temperature stays within the limit. If the application is a high temperature tank, then take measures to avoid heat transfer from the tank to the 6005 STG.

DRIVER ERROR A motor driver error has occurred Consult Varec Service



Varec, Inc. 97

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting: Flowcharts

Figure 9-1: Diagnostics and Troubleshooting: Flowcharts

For up to 10 elements,check G4V5H0 thru H9 tofind shorted element.For more than 10elements, select element at G4V7H0, viewtemperature at G4V7H3.

(Level display)

-49.5 C

Wire ring at normal position ?

May require complete 453x exchange. Send allTemperature matrix (G4)data to Varec

359.0 C

TEMP. NO. n

ADJ(A, I, Z) COUNTER

YYMMDDhhmm TT ##

Raise displacer to red linein calibration window, orinto maintenancechamber.

G3V5H0 = G3V5H1 = 0?

3V5H0 = G3V5H1 = 0?

Displacer stopped atUpper Stop, G1V6H0?

Meaning:Shorted element in 453x ATCtemperature

Meaning:Element not enabled, or notinstalled in 453x ATC

This is an indicator, not anerror code. Verify totalnumber of elements atG4V8H2.

Diagnostic : -49.5 C

Diagnostic : 358.0 C (at G4V5_or G4V7H3)

Diagnostic : 359.5 C

(Level display)

359.5 C

Meaning:Open element in 453x ATC

For or up to 10 elements,check G4V5H0 thru H9 tofind open element.For more than 10 elements,

select element at G4V7H0, view temperature at

G4V7H3.

May require complete453x exchange. Send allTemperature matrix (G4)data to Varec.

Diagnostic : ADC SENSOR ERROR

ADC SENSOR ERROR

YYMMDDhhmm TT ##

Meaning:The A/D signal output fromthe detector unit, or input toCPU, is abnormal.

Exchange detector unit,adjust Hall sensors,recalibrate.

Make connections firm.TCB CN5, CN7 loose?

Diagnostic : ADJ A, I, or Z COUNTER

Automatic softwareadjustment workingnormally. Sometimes seenin turbulent applications.

Noise interface to internalsoftware counters.Eliminate noise, adjust Hall sensors, recalibrate.

Raise displacer manually(G3V7H6) until red line inwindow.

Diagnostic : A PHASE NO INPUT

A PHASE NO INPUT

YYMMDDhhmm TT ##

Meaning:The A-phase signal outputfrom the encoder, or inputto CPU is abnormal.20 outputs = 360 degrees.

Exchange detector unit,adjust Hall sensors,recalibrate.

Make connections firm.TCB CN5, CN7 loose?

OK?

Meaning:Automatic softwareadjustment workingnormally. Sometimes seen inturbulent applications.

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

No

No

Yes

No

Yes




Adjust G4V8H6 from0 -500 mm.This will create an offset for temperature elements.

(FLASHING ON ANYDISPLAY)

Meaning:Shorted element in 453x ATC

Meaning:An error has occurred at theHART device.

Refer to HART deviceOperating Manual.

Diagnostic : BELOW BOT. POINT

Diagnostic : DEVICE ERROR: DEV1 (2)

Diagnostic : DEVICE ERROR : NRF

Meaning:An error has occurred at the4590 TSM.

Refer to 4590 OperatingManual.

Diagnostic : DISPL CALIB ERROR

Increase G1V8H5, oradjust Hall sensors andrecalibrate.

Diagnostic : ELEM 0 RANGE OVERMeaning:The reference resistanceelement (ºC) on 453xis out of tolerance.20 outputs = 360 degrees.

Record Temperature matrix data, exchange temperature electronics.

Loose connector J3 behind6005 terminal block. Checkconnector.

G4V4H7 = 0.0 C ?

Meaning:Measured weight of thedisplacer exceedsallowable limit:G1V8H4 >=G1V8H5

SW v 4.20 or Later ? Set G4V9H8 = ON

Note!:If displacer position goeslower than (Elem 0 position+ G4V8H6), BELOW BOT.POINT will display.


Meaning:An error has occurred at the453x temperature sensor.

Check G4V8H0 for 453xDiagnostics codes, refer to453x Operating Manual.

Diagnostic : DEVICE ERROR: NMT




Buildup on displacer ?Clean displacer, wire, wiredrum, adjust Hall sensors,recalibrate.


G4V4H7 <+/-9.9 C ?At G4V7H1 select element0, then at G4V4H7.Repeat for all elements.

Diagnostic : IMPOSSIBILITYMeaning:Operation impossiblebecause a valid weight tabledoes not exist.

Adjust Hall sensors andmake weight table.

IMPOSSIBILITY

OPERATION

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

No


Varec, Inc. 99


Check HART bus wiring:

DEV to 6005 cut or short ?

DEV (+)(-) to 6005 (+)(-) ?

Voltage = DC16.5 - 25.5V ?

(FLASHING ON ANY

DISPLAY)

Meaning:

An error has occurred at the

HART device.

Diagnostic : LOCAL ERROR DEV1(2) Diagnostic : LOCAL ERROR NRF


4560 to 6005 cut or short ?

6005 (+)(-) to 4560 (+)(-) ?

453x to 6005 cut or short ?

Voltage = DC16.5 - 25.5V ?

Meaning:


4560 SGM.

G5V4H9 = ON ?

Set G5(6)V4H9 = ON

Check HART device

address with hand-held.

HART DEV1 = 4 (fixed)

HART DEV2 = 5 (fixed)

Meaning:


453x temperature sensor.

Check G4V8H0 for 453x

Diagnostics codes, refer to

453x Operating Manual.

Diagnostic : LOCAL Error NMT

(FLASHING ON ANY

DISPLAY)

(FLASHING ON ANY

DISPLAY)

G3V6H1 correct ?Make correct setting at

G3V6H1.

Diagnostic : MEM ERROR

Exchange TCB module,

adjust Hall sensors,

recalibrate.

MEM. ERROR

YYMMDDhhmm TT ##

Yes

No

Yes

No

G5V4H9 = ON ?Refer to HART device

operating manual.

No

Check G3V6H1:

4560 >=v 1.82, CONTACT2

4560 < v 1.82, CONTACT1

OK ?

OK ?

Exchange FCB module in

4560.

Exchange POW module in

4560.

No

No

OK ?

Exchange electronics

module in 453x.


4560 to 6005 cut or short ?

6005 (+)(-) to 453x (+)(-) ?

453x to 6005 cut or short ?

Voltage = DC16.5 - 25.5V ?

NoMeaning:

Power to the CPU module

fell below minimum value.

Diagnostic : MPU : RESET

OK ?

Noise, Isolate and eliminate

source of noise.

No

MEM. ERROR

YYMMDDhhmm TT ##

Frequent ?



recalibrate.

No




Check local power supply

if frequent.

MPU: START ACT

YYMMDDhhmm TT ##

Meaning:

Power supply has been

turned (off and) on.

Indicates normal operation.

RORRE MOR : citsongaiDTCA TRATS :UPM : citsongaiD

Meaning:

CPU ROM failure.

Meaning:

Tension on measuring wire

is more than value in

G1V6H3.

Set Operation = STOP

Set G3V7H1 = ON

Diagnostic : OVERTENSION

(FLASHING ON ANY

DISPLAY) Diagnostic : TEMP. BELOW RANGE

Check 6005 specification.

Check G4V5H0 thru H9.

Check temperature in tank.


adjust Hall sensor,

recalibrate.

Check measuring wire,

displacer, stilling pipe for

cause of overtension.

No

Meaning:

Open element in 453x ATC

temperature sensor.

Diagnostic : TEMP. COM. OPEN

OK ?

Enter correct number of

temperature elements at

G4V8H2.

G4V8H2 data correct ?

Record Temperature matrix

data, exchange temp.

electronics.

No

ROM ERROR

YYMMDDhhmm TT ##

Diagnostic : SIFA ERROR

Meaning:

CPU SIFA failure.


adjust Hall sensor,

recalibrate.

SIFA ERROR

YYMMDDhhmm TT ##

Measuring wire cut ?

Find and fix cause of cut

wire. Replace displacer,

adjust Hall sensor,

recalibrate.

Yes

Diagnostic : POWER FAILURE

POWER FAILURE

YYMMDDhhmm TT ##

Check local power supply.

Meaning:

Supply voltage has fallen

below about 95VAC.

Diagnostic : RAM FAILURE



recalibrate.

RAM FAILURE

YYMMDDhhmm TT ##

Meaning:

CPU RAM failure.

Data below range ?


data, exchange temperature

electronics.

Normal operation. Error

will clear when actual

temperature is within

speciifi cation.

Meaning:

Measured temperature data

for one or more elements is

below fixed range of 453x

specification.

(FLASHING ON ANY

DISPLAY)

(FLASHING ON ANY

DISPLAY)

May require complete

453x exchange. Send all

Temperature matrix (G4)

data to Varec.

Yes

No

Yes

No


Varec, Inc. 101


Enter correct number of

temperature elements at

G4V8H2.

Meaning:

Shorted element in 453x ATC

temperature sensor.

Diagnostic : TEMP. COM. SHORT

Meaning:

Measured temperature data

for or more elements is over

fixed range of 453x ATC

specification.

Check 453x ATC spec.

Check G4V5H0 thru H9.

Check temperature in

tank.

Diagnostic : TEMP. OVER RANGE

(FLASHING ON ANY

DISPLAY)

Diagnostic : UNDERTENTION

Set Operation = STOP

Set G3V7H1 = ON


data, exchange temperature

electronics.

No

Meaning:

Measured length of the

measuring wire exceeds

allowable limit:

G1V7H4 >= G1V7H5

Diagnostic : WIRE CALIB ERROR

Increase G1V8H5, or adjust

Hall sensors and recalibrate.

Buildup on

measuring wire ?

Clean displacer, wire, wire

drum, adjust Hall sensors,

recalibrate.

No

Data over range ?

Normal operation. Error

will clear when actual

temperature is within

specification.

Yes

Measuring wire cut ?

Check measuring wire,

displacer, stilling pipe for

cause of undertension.

Find and fix cause of cut

wire. Replace displacer,


recalibrate.

Meaning:

Tension on measuring wire

is more less value in

G1V6H3.

(FLASHING ON ANY

DISPLAY)

(FLASHING ON ANY

DISPLAY)

Yes

No

Yes

(FLASHING ON ANY

DISPLAY)

G4V8H2 data correct ?

Record Temperature

matrix data, exchange

temperature electronics.

OK ?

May require complete

453x exchange. Send all

Temperature matrix (G4)

data to Varec

No

No

Yes

Meaning:

The Z-phase signal output

from the encoder, or input

to CPU, is abnormal.

1 output = 360 degrees.

Diagnostic : Z PHASE NO INPUT

Exchange detector unit,


recalibrate.

TCB CN5, CN7 loose ? Make connections firm.

No

Z PHASE NO INPUT

YYMMDDhhmm TT ##

Yes

OK ?No




Setting after Parts Replacement After any part of the 6005 STG has been replaced, and before starting the 6005 STG calibration, specify the data on the following equipment.

• Circumferential length of the wire drum (indicated on face of wire drum).• Weight of the displacer (indicated on the body of the displacer).• Volume of the displacer (indicated on the body of the displacer).• Balance volume (indicated on the body of the displacer or 50% of volume).• Density of measured liquid (up to three phases).• Height of the tank with the 6005 STG mounted on it (refer to section , "Tank Height

(GVH140)" on page 63).

After calibration G3V7H0 Measured Weight = 0.0 minus value.

Diagnostic : Calibration unsuccessful Diagnostic : No response to OPERATION

0.0g

MEASURED WEIGHT

G3V4H0, H1, H2

correct ?

Input correct values for

circumference, wire and

displacer weight, adjust

Hall sensors, recalibrate.

Adjust Hall sensors,

recalibrate. If G7V4H0

thru H4(any) = 0, and does

not respond to adjustment,

exchange detector unit.

No

No

Yes

Hall sensor

adjustment OK ?

G3V9H7

a = b = 65000 ?

Calibration OK ?


adjust Hall sensors and

recalibrate.

Forgot to pick up displacer

at step 3 of Weight Table

Recalibration. Repeat.



recalibrate.

Yes

Yes

No

No

LEVEL

OPERATION

G0V2H4 = LEVEL ?At 4560 SGM

set OPERATION = LEVEL

No

No

Yes

G0V2H5 = LEVEL ?

EPROM OK in

TCB module

Operation OK ?



recalibrate.

Inspect EPROM U2 in TCB

module. Straighten any

bent legs. EPROM should

be inserted firm and level

in socket.



recalibrate.

Yes

No

G0V2H0 = LEVEL, G0V2H1 0 = (not LEVEL)

(not LEVEL)

OPERATION STATUS

G3V7H0

G3V4H2 (+/- 2g)?

Adjust Hall sensors and

recalibrate.

At host CPU and /or

interface set OPERATION

= LEVEL

No

No

Yes

G0V2H0 G0V2H0


Varec, Inc. 103

Table 2: Procedure for Matrix Group: Service


Matrix Group: SERVICE 1. In Static Matrix “MORE FUNCTION” bring up GVH=030

“MATRIX OF” and select “SERVICE”.

2. Select Dynamic Matrix GVH=340 “WIRE

DRUM CIRC.” Check whether the displayed value is equal to the value marked on the

wire drum. If not, adjust the displayed value.

• Set the access code at 51.

Note!The weight and volume of the displacer

are marked on its bottom.

The balance volume is the volume of that part of the displacer that is immersed in the liquid when the displacer is balanced

in the liquid.

1. Select the Dynamic Matrix screen

GVH=341.

2. Set Dynamic Matrix GVH=342 “DISPLACER WEIGHT” at the value

marked on the dis-placer.

3. Set Dynamic Matrix GVH=343 “DISPLACER VOLUME” to the value

marked on the dis-placer.

4. Set Dynamic Matrix GVH=344 “BALANCE VOLUME” at half the

value set in “DIS-PLACER VOLUME.” “This

setting is provided to approximate the posi-tion of the displacer

when it becomesstationary in the liquid.

• For calculation methods of the draft position.

MOREFUNCTION

DISPLACER WEIGHT 3 4 2

MATRIX OF0 3 0

DISPLACER VOLUMEBALANCE VOLUME

3 4 33 4 4

MEAS. WIRE& DRUM



Intelligent Function

Maintenance prediction function

The history of maintenance is displayed on the Matrix screen GVH=265 “(Parts Overused Date).” The LCD screen displays the following contents.

• Total operation time for parts managed according to this value• Total number of rotations of the wire drum for parts managed according to this value

Table 3: Reference Part Management Value

Spare Parts Spare parts are contained in kits. Spare parts that can be ordered from Varec for the 6005 STG are shown with their order numbers in section , "6005 STG Spare Parts List" on page 105 (Table 4). For more information on service and spare parts, contact Varec at (770) 447-9202.

Reference Part

Management Value

Display Part

Reference

(conducting time/

number of rotations)

1) POWER UNIT

2) DISPLAY UNIT

3) MOTOR UNIT

4) WIRE UNIT

5) BEARINGS UNIT

6) SHAFT UNIT

Power supply unit

LCD indicator

Motor/driver unit

Measuring wire

Drum bearing metal

Drum shaft

43,800 hours (about 5 years)



240,000 rotations

145,000 rotations

240,000 rotations


Varec, Inc. 105

6005 STG Spare Parts

Figure 9-7: 6005 STG Spare Parts

6005 STG Spare Parts List

Follows on the next two pages.

T-AMP

Zone 0 NMS5-2/5-5/5-6

NMS5-2/5-5/5-6

NMS5-1/5-4

Accessories

11

1111

21

21

21

21

31

32

33

34 35

36

37

37

37

42

43

44

51

52

52

52

52

52

53

53

53

cable between terminal and module

Wire HookWelding Part

Bottom of Tank



Alu

min

um D

rum

Hou

sing

Dru

m H

ousi

ngC

alib

ratio

n W

indo

w

Order Code Parts Name Order Code Parts Name11 Oring 70106039 Upgrade kit HART active output

017803-0034 O-ring, cover drum housing Alu, NBR 56004534 Communication module WM550, arrestor

70106019 O-ring, cover drum housing Alu, CR 52013662 Upgrade kit WM550

70106020 O-ring, cover drum housing Alu, FKM 56004409 Communication module Mark Space

70106021 O-ring, cover drum housing Alu, Silicon 52013658 Upgrade kit Mark Space

56004345 O-ring, cover drum housing Alu, PTFE 56004355 Communication module ENRAF BPM, COM-

017803-0066 O-ring, cover drum housing, SS, FKM 52013649 Upgrade kit Enraf BPM

017803-0035 O-ring, cover drum housing, SS, silicone 34 Electronic Module, Contact Output70109105 O-ring, cover drum housing, SS, NBR 017800-0007Alarm output, 2x contact, I/O 3

70109106 O-ring, cover drum housing, D158-d3.5 CR 70109108 Alarm output, 2x contact, I/O 3, TUV OSP

70109107 O-ring, cover drum housing, D158-d3.5 PFA 52013654 Upgrade kit I/O-3

017803-0033 O-ring, calibration window, NBR 35 Electronic Module, A/O70106018 4BCT ,5 O/I ,Am02-4 tuptuO7100-008710RC ,wodniw noitarbilac ,gnir-O

017803-0041 O-ring, calibration window, silicone 52013656 Upgrade kit I/O-5

017803-0036 O-ring, calibration window, FKM 36 Electronic Module, Ex [ia] HART Communication

56004518 O-ring, calibration window, PTFE 56004356 Communication module EXI HART, COM-4

017803-0030 O-ring, display cover, NBR 37 Electronic Module, I/O Spot Temperature Input017803-0040 erutarepmet tops ,.O.C/.I .repO24440065RBN ,revoc lanimret ,gnir-O

71070894 PTFE packin+ring, calibr. window, Zone0 70106035 Upgrade kit oper. I./C.O., Ex d temp.

21 Cover 70106032 Upgrade kit oper. input/contact out

017800-0111 Cover, display module, Aluminium 56004441 Operation input/contact out, carrier

017800-0112 Cover, terminal box, Aluminum, NMS 56004491 Spot temp. with Chassis

017800-0113 Cover, drum housing, Alu, NMS531/NMS534 56004490 Spot temp. input T-AMP UP grade KIT

56004307 Cover, drum housing, SS, NMS535/536 70106027 Spot temp. Ex ia, carrier

56004308 Cover, drum housing, SS, NMS532 40 Fuse56004295 Calibration window, Alu, NMS531/NMS534 70106027 Fuse 250VAC T2A50, NMS, 10 pcs.

56004296 Calibration window, SS, NMS532/NMS535 70106499 Fuse 20-62VDC T3A15, NMS, 10 pcs.

56004297 Calibration window, SS, NMS536 70106500 Fuse cover 10set, NMS

71070909 Calibration window, SS, Zone 0, NMS532/535/536 41 Connector, Cable31 Electronic Module, Power Module 52013660 Wiring harness,Ter.-COM-1/RS485/BPM mod.

.dom evissap TRAH-.mreT ,ssenrah gniriW05631025i xE non ,VH ,6-WOP04930107

.dom evitca TRAH-.mreT ,ssenrah gniriW73060107i xE ,VH ,6-WOP24930107

.dom ecapS kraM-lanimreT ,ssenrah gniriW75631025i xE non ,VL ,6-WOP14930107

.dom MPB FARNE-lanimreT ,ssenrah gniriW84631025i xE ,VL ,6-WOP34930107

32 Electronic Module, Main CPU 52013653 Wiring harness, Terminal-I/O-3 module

70103937 TCB-6, CPU module, upgrade of TCB-4 52013652 Wiring harness I/O-3-TCB

33 Electronic Module, Remote Communication 52013655 Wiring harness, Terminal-I/O-5 module.

70103937 COM-1, Communication module, V1 70106036 Wiring harness, Terminal-COM-4 module

52013661 Upgrade kit V1 70106033 CPU, T-AMP Ex d module cable

.dom d xE PMA-T-lanimreT,ssenrah gniriW430601075-MOC ,584SR eludom subdoM36768017

.dom ai xE PMA-T-lanimreT,ssenrah gniriW69950107584SR subdoM tik edargpU07260107

56004484 COM-6 HART, passive remote commu. module 70105995 CPU, T-AMP Ex ia module cable

52013651 42 Terminal8054006558440065

56004509


Varec, Inc. 107

Order Code Prts Name Order Code Parts Name43 Chasis017800-0015 PCB CPU Carrier set complete, spacer 56004257 5x measuring wire, 28m, d=0.15mm, 316L

017800-0021 Display module 2line, 3key optical 5x measuring wire, 16m, d=0.2mm, Alloy C

70103938 Display module 4line, 3key optical 56004914 Measuring wire, 0.2mm, AlloyC, 16m

56004256 5x measuring wire, 16m, d=0.4mm, PTFE

017800-0043 Detector unit NMS, TCC-3 56004912 Measuring wire, 0.4mm, PTFE coated, 16m

70103944 Detector unit NMS, TCC-3, V1 017800-0241 Wire ring, 316

017800-0242 Wire ring, PTFE coated

CyollA ,gnir eriW2520-0087103420-008710m82 ,.seM eriw + murd eriW32540065

56004524 017800-0252 Displacer, 50mm, cylindrical, SUS316

gnir ediug ,lacirdnilyc ,mm05 ,recalpsiD93340065m61 ,yollA eriw ,murd eriW02540065

dilos EFTP ,lacinoc ,mm05 ,recalpsiD3520-008710RC ,eriw m82 ,murd eriW40441117

dilos EFTP ,lacirdnilyc ,mm05 ,recalpsiD49950107enocilis ,eriw m82 ,murd eriW50441117

71114406 017800-0271 Displacer, 50mm, cylindrical, AlloyC

71114407 Displacer, 70mm, conical, SUS316, NMi

71114408 Wire drum, 16m AlloyC wire, CR 017800-0267 Displacer, 110mm, conical, SUS316, low

71114409 Wire drum, 16m AlloyC wire, silicone 70104684 Displacer, 110mm, conical, 316, high

71133077 Wire drum + 36m wire, SUS316L 71083820 Displacer, 50mm, cylindrical, 316, Zone0

71133079 Wire drum + 36m wire SUS316L, CR 71134069 Displacer, 30mm, cylindrical, 316, Zone0

71133078 Wire drum + 36m wire SUS316L, Silicone 71134070 Displacer, 40mm, cylindrical, 316, Zone0

0enoZ ,613,.dnilyc ,mm05 ,gnir ,recalpsiD17043117.eriw m74 + murd eriW99043117

0enoZ ,613,.dnilyc ,mm07 ,gnir ,recalpsiD76043117.RC ,eriw m74 + murd eriW00143117

0enoZ ,613,.dnilyc ,mm011 ,gnir ,recalpsiDenociliS ,eriw m74 + murd eriW10143117

0enoZ ,CyollA ,.dnilyc ,mm05 ,recalpsiDulA ,tekcarb murd eriW52540065

56004527 Wire drum bracket, SS

56004526 71067825 Calibration weight 50gr, NMS5

017800-0221 Bearing, wire drum bracket, PTFE 71134095 Wire hook, SUS, L=100

Wire hook, SS400, L=100

71114403 Measuring wire 0.15mm 28m SUS316L, ring SUS44 Display Module

51 Detector, Servo Unit

52 Wire Drum

53 Measuring Wire, Displacer

56004255

017800-0263

71134068

71134072

75 Accessory

71134096



Return The following procedures must be carried out before the instruments is sent to Varec for repair:

• Always enclose a duly completed “Declaration of Contamination” form. Only then can Varec transport, examine, and repair a returned device.

• Enclose special handling instructions if necessary, for example, safety data sheet as per EN 91/155/EEC.

• Remove all residue which may be present. Pay special attention to the gasket grooves and crevices where fluid may be present. This is especially important if the fluid is dangerous to health, e.g. corrosive, poisonous, carcinogenic, radioactive, etc.

A copy of the “Declaration of Contamination” is included at the end of this operating manual.

Caution No instrument should be sent back for repair without all dangerous material being completely removed first, e.g. in scratches or diffused through plastic.

Caution Incomplete cleaning of the instrument may result in waste disposal or cause harm to personnel (burns, etc.). Any costs arising from this will be charged to the operator of the instrument.

Disposal In case of disposal, please separate the different components according to their material consistency.

Gauge Software

Software version / Date Software changes Documentation changes

V2.13, from 9.96 Original Release BA001N/08/en/09.98

V2.20, from 10.97 T2:TCB-2, Modified V1: R&S command BA001N/08/en/11.97

V4.06, from 04.98 HART master, T4:TCB-4

V4.06, from 04.98 HART master T&W, T4:TCB-4

V4.08X, from 08.98 Upper stop speed reduction 3-step

V4.20, from 08.98 WM550, Commuwin II display, elem. Error fix BA001N/08/en/12.99

V4.20, from 09.98 T&W BA001N/08/en/12.99


Varec, Inc. 109

Table 4: Gauge Software

Contact Addresses of Varec The address of Varec is displayed on the back cover of this operating manual. If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact your Varec at:

Varec, Inc. 5834 Peachtree Corners East Peachtree Corners (Atlanta), Georgia 30092 Phone: (770) 447-9202 Fax: (770) 662-8939

V4.22, from 05.00 HART line selectionAdd to static matrix: gas temp.Minus data remote communicationLevel 6 digit data processingMemory clear Volume calculation matrix deleted

V4.23B, from 09.00 Standard release, alarm output modify, 453x ATC level selection

V4.24, from 04.01 Standard release IOM007NVAE1103

V4.24 OSP, from 06.01 Over Spill protection

V4.24T&W, from 07.01 T&W spec.

V4.24 T2, from 02.02 TCB-2 CPU, 453x ATC, V1 level measurement

V4.25, from 09.02 Density profile function BA001N/08/en/02.02

V4.27, from 09.04 Level hold matrix, Error display on Home screen only

V4.27 T6/T&O, from11.05 W&M and Overspill prevention IOM007NVAE0908

V4.27 A, from 05.07 standard release

V4.27 B, from 09.08 standard release BA1001N/08/en/12.08

V4.27 C, from 04.09 Proactive Safety function IOM007NVAE0210

V4.27 F, from 05.11 SIL IOM007NVAE5011

VF.27 G, from 05.12 4-20mA long range support IOM007NVAE4213

Software version / Date Software changes Documentation changes

Varec, Inc. 111

Chapter 10

Displacer and Measuring Wire

Shape, Diameter, and Material

Displacer

There are several types of displacers available for the 6005 STG:

• The standard type has cylindrical shape and a diameter of 50 mm. Diameters from 30 to 50 mm are optional.

• The cylindrical shape is used for viscous liquids. It is also effective if the stilling well is not smooth on its interior surface.

Displacer weight and volume depend on the application. Thin displacers are suited for level measurement, thicker ones for bottom level, interface level, and density measurement.

A counterweight is optional for heavy turbulence (please inquire).

Displacers of three different materials are provided:

• The standard material is stainless steel SUS316.• Alloy C and PFA are optional for corrosive liquids.• Solid PFA, however, is not applied for flammable liquids.

The following size of displacer will be supplied, when custody transfer approval is ordered.

• NMi (Netherlands).................∅70mm

Measuring Wire

• The standard material of the measuring wire is stainless steel SUS316 (∅0.15 mm).• AlloyC (∅0.20 mm) and PFA coated stainless steel SUS316 (∅0.4 mm) are for

corrosive liquids.

The following specification of measuring will be supplied when the custody transfer approval is ordered.

• SUS316 (∅0.15 mm) for NMi

Refer to section , "Displacer" on page 6 of this manual.



Alarm History Display

Table 1: Alarm Display History


Matrix Group: DEVICE DATA

Touch Control

1. 1. Bring up Static Matrix GVH=034 *ALARM CONTACT.”

Static Matrix2. Previous static matrix

records are sequentially displayed in Static Matrix screen GVH=035, starting with the latest record. Up to 100 alarm records can be saved. If the number of records exceeds 100, it is sequentially overwritten starting with the oldest record. The display includes the year, month, day, hour, minute, instrument tempera-ture, and an error sequential number, in this order. For example, 97 3192238 2402 means that an error occurred at 22:38 on March 19, 1997, when the instru-ment temperature was 24 oC and this is the second error since 6005 STG was installed.

MOREFUNCTION

ALARM CONTACT0 3 4

MOREFUNCTION

(Alarm Message)0 3 5

Chapter 10 - Displacer and Measuring Wire

Varec, Inc. 113

List of Alarm Messages

Table 2: List of Alarm Messages

Hall Sensors After exchanging CPU module, detector unit, wire drum, measuring wire (all or part), it is necessary to adjust the Hall sensors and make new weight table calibration.

1. Move the Displacer in calibration window or maintenance chamber window (tank-top), or accessible by hand (workbench).

2. Ensure that the 6005 STG is level, no vibra-tion or other disturbance.

• Access Code 530• Set Operation = STOP• Set GVH030 = Adj. Sensor

Figure 10-1: Hall Sensors

3. At GVH741 A Span, record Sensor Count (Wa2).

Caution Do not let wire fall off drum.

Figure 10-2: Record Sensor Count

4. Lift displacer until Sensor Count is stable. Record Sensor Count (Wa1).

• |Wa2 - Wa1 | = 10000 (+/-100)?5. If Yes, go to 3. GVH740 A Zero.

MESSAGE Cause of Alarm

UPPER LIMIT LEVEL The level has risen above the set alarm operation value.

LOWER LIMIT LEVEL The level has fallen below the set alarm operation value.

UPPER LIMIT TEMP. The temperature has risen above the set alarm operation value.

LOWER LIMIT TEMP. The temperature has fallen below the set alarm operation value.

530

ACCESS CODE

STOP

OPERATION

ADJ. SENSOR

MATRIX OF

29XX 25000ADJ. A SPAN

2. index count

sensor count

(Ex. Wa2 = 25000)

29XX 15000

ADJ. A SPAN

(Ex. Wa1 = 15000)



6. If No, release displacer. At GVH741

• If |Wa2 - Wa1 |<10,000, increase Index Count.• If |Wa2 - Wa1 |>10,000, decrease Index Count.• Repeat until |Wa2 - Wa1 | = 10000 (+/-100).

7. Adjust GVH740 A Zero Sensor Count

= 21000 (+/-100)

8. Recode Sensor counter (Wa2)

9. Lift displacer until Sensor Count is stable. Record Sensor Count (Wa2).

• |Wa1 - Wa2 | = 10000 (+/-100)?

Figure 10-3: Adjust GVH740 A at Zero Sensor Count

10. If yes, go to 4. GVH743

11. If no, repeat 2 and 3.

12. At GVH743 B Span, repeat steps above.

13. Adjust GVH742 B Zero Sensor Count = 11000 (+/- 100)

Figure 10-4: Adjust GVH742 B at Zero Sensor Count

29XX 21000

ADJ. A ZERO

(Ex. Wa2 = 2100)

(Ex. Wa1 = 1100)

29XX 11000

ADJ. A ZERO

31XX 11000

ADJ. B SPAN

31XX 21000

ADJ. B SPAN

(Ex. Wa1 = 1100)

31XX 21000ADJ. B SPAN


Varec, Inc. 115

Initial Weight Calibration

Displacer weight calibration — level measurement function only

Weight table calibration must be done after Hall sensor adjustment. Use this procedure only for STGs with level measurement function only.

Note Wind and vibration affect weight table calibration. Not necessary to make Initial Calibration for Startup “All-in-one” (displacer attached) shipments.


Weight table calibration, Basic. 1. Enter Access Code 51.

2. Confirm the follow-ing data.

• G3V4H0 wire Drum Circum.(engraved on wire drum)

• G3V4H1 Wire Weight Standard SUS = 1.40

• PFA=4.55 • Hastelloy=2.8 • G3V4H2 Displacer

Weight (engraved on displacer)

3. Displacer is in calibration window or maintenance chamber.

• Set Operation = STOP• Set G3V7H9=0.0 • Set G3V7H3=ON

At “Displacer Down? +/-"Enter NO(-).However, for maintenance chamber enter Yes (+).

e.g.300.110

e.g.250.2 g

HV 0 1 2

4 xxx.xxx x.xx xxx.x

ServiceMatrix: G3

Wire Drum Displacer

51ACCESS CODE

e.g.

+

-

STOPOPERATION

ONWEIGHT CALIB.

Displacer down?



Table 3: Displacer Weight Calibration Procedure

4. Left displacer until Sa and Sb are sta-ble. Press “E” and (-) keys together.

5. Return the dis-placer to the origi-nal position.

6. At “Displacer set ok?” enter “E”.

7. At “Displacer on: E & “+”, Press (E) and (+) keys together.

Automatic calibration begins (about 10 minutes).

8. At “2 Table make?” enter No. (-).

9. At “Weight Calibra-tion OFF” enter “E”.

10. Check: Does G3V7H0=G3V4H2+/- 2.0 grams?

11. If yes, calibration is done.

If no...• Make sure there is no

vibration during calibration

12. Repeat Hall sensor adjustment and cal-ibration.

*Always enter No(-).


-E2xxxx 1xxxx0.0 Low on: E & -

3)

E

E +

Displacer set: ok?

Displacer on? E & +

2xxxx 1xxxx0.0 Low on: E & -

4)

-2 Table Make?Yes = +, No = -

OFFWEIGHT CALIB. E

5)


Varec, Inc. 117

Displacer Weight Calibration

Weight table calibration must be done after Hall sensor adjustment. Use this procedure for STGs with level, density, and/or interface measurement function.

Note Wind and vibration affect weight table calibration. Not necessary to make Initial Calibration for Startup “All-in-one” (displacer attached) shipments.


Weight table calibration, Density. 1. Enter Access Code 51 confirm the following data.

• G3V4H0 wire Drum Circum.(engraved on wire drum)

• G3V4H1 Wire Weight Standard

• SUS = 1.40• PFA=4.55• Hastelloy=2.48• G3V4H2

Displacer Weight (engraved on displacer)

• G3V7H9 Zero Adjust Weight=e.g. 50.2

2. Displacer is in calibration window or maintenance chamber.

• Set Operation = STOP• Set G3V7H9=e.g.

50.2g (test weight, in grams)

• Set G3V7H3 Weight Calib. =ON

At “Low weight set?”... enter No (-). However, for maintenance chamber, enter Yes (+).

e.g.300.110

e.g.250.2 g

HV 0 1 2

4 xxx.xxx x.xx xxx.x

ServiceMatrix: G3

Wire Drum Displacer

51ACCESS CODE

HV

7

9

50.2

50.x gweight

e.g.

+

-

STOPOPERATION

ONWEIGHT CALIB.

Displacer down?

2)



Table 4: Displacer Weight Calibration Procedure

3. Replace displacer with 50 x g weight, stabi-lize weight.

4. Press “E” and (-) key together.

5. Replace displacer on wire.

6. At “Displacer on: E & “+”, press “E” and (+) keys together.

Automatic calibration begins (about 10 minutes).

7. 5) Check: Does G3V7H2 +/- 2.0 grams?

• If yes, calibration is done.

• If no...-make sure there is no vibration during calibration

8. Repeat Hall sensor adjustment and cal-ibration.


e.g.

3)

51ACCESS CODE -E

2xxxx 1xxxx50. x Low on: E & -

e.g.

4)

-E

EDisplacer set: ok?

Displacer on: E & +

Sa 21000 A 21000Sb 11000 B 11000

-

E

2 Table Make?Yes = +, No = -

OFFWEIGHT CALIB.

5)

Varec, Inc. 119

Chapter 11

Programming Matrix

01

23

45

67

89

0 1 2 3

VH

6005

Pro

gram

ming

Matr

ix (S

tatic

Matrix

)GR

OUP

MESS

AGE

Disp

lay Te

xtPa

ramete

rs,un

it, etc

Defau

lt Data

MEAS

URED

VAL

UE 1

MEAS

URED

VAL

UE 2

OPER

ATIO

N

MORE

FUNC

TION

1600

0.00m

m

MEAS

URED

LE

VEL

Disp

lay

0.0 m

m

ULLA

GE LE

VEL

0.0°C

LIQUI

D TE

MP.

Disp

lay

STOP

OPER

ATIO

N 16

000

See o

perat

ionco

mman

ds be

lowSe

lect (5

0)

CALIB

RATIO

NMA

TRIX

OF

Selec

t

Disp

lay

See s

tatus

table

be

low

OPER

ATIN

G ST

ATUS

STOP

Disp

lay

DEV(

1)

Disp

lay

0.0 m

m0.0

mm

UPPE

R IN

TERF

.LE

V.

Disp

lay

DEV(

2)

Disp

layDi

splay

UNBA

LANC

ED

BALA

NCIN

G ST

ATUS

Disp

lay

MIDD

. INTE

RF.

LEV

Disp

layDi

splay

BOTT

OM LE

VEL

0.0 m

m

0.0°C

GAS

TEMP

ERAT

URE

LEVE

LLE

VEL

OPER

AT.B

Y NR

F

Disp

layDi

splay

98 62

7 8:21

:00CA

LEND

ERCu

rrent

data

Disp

layDi

splay

Disp

lay

Curre

nt da

taCu

rrent

data

ALAR

M CO

NTAC

T 0

NO A

LARM

NO A

LARM

LA 0

0 0

0

OPER

AT. B

Y HO

ST

1.000

g/ml

UPPE

R DE

NSITY

0.000

- 3.00

0

Disp

lay/S

et (50

)

1.000

g/ml

MIDD

LE D

ENSI

TY0.0

00 - 3

.000

DENS

ITY

BOTT

OM

1.000

g/ml

0.000

- 3.00

0

Disp

lay/S

et (50

)Di

splay

/Set

(50)

0 mm

ZERO

POI

NT

Disp

lay

NO E

RROR

DIAG

NOST

IC

CO 0

Curre

nt da

taCu

rrent

data

Disp

layDi

splay

98 62

7 752

0 0

MPU:

STAR

T AC

T0 AC

CESS

COD

E

0, 50

, 51,

777

Set

084

24

DEVI

CE ID

SOFT

WAR

E VE

RSIO

N

Disp

layDi

splay

SPAN

LENG

TH U

NIT

mm16

000.0

mm

0.0 m

m

LEVE

L DAT

A

Disp

lay

WAT

ER B

OTTO

M

0.0 m

m

Disp

lay

Whe

n new

NMS

statu

s is s

electe

d at G

VH=2

72, n

ew st

atus c

odes

are s

howe

d at m

atrix

posit

ion G

VH=0

21 as

follo

ws;

Code

Mean

ingNM

S Di

splay

Code

Mean

ingNM

S Di

splay

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

No de

finitio

nDi

splac

er at

refer

ence

Disp

lacer

hoist

ing up

Disp

lacer

going

down

Disp

lacer

stop

Leve

l mea

s. ba

lance

dUp

p. I/F

leve

l, bala

nced

Midd

. I/F

level,

balan

ced

Botto

m me

as. b

alanc

edUp

per D

ens,

finish

edMi

ddle

Dens

, finis

hed

REFE

RENC

EUP DO

WNST

OPLE

VEL

UPPE

R.IN

TERF

.LEV.

MIDD

.INTE

RF.LE

V.BO

TTOM

LEVE

LUP

PER

DENS

ITYMI

DDLE

DEN

SITY

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

Relea

se ov

er te

nsion

Calib

ratio

n acti

vated

Seek

leve

lFo

llow

level

Seek

Upp

er D

ensit

ySe

ek M

iddle

Dens

itySe

ek D

ensit

y Bott

omSe

ek U

pper

I/F le

vel

Follo

w up

. I/F

level

Seek

Mid.

I/F le

vel

RELE

. OVE

R TE

NS.

CAL.

ACTI

VELE

VEL S

EEKI

NGLE

VEL F

OLLO

WIN

GUP

P. DE

N. S

EEKI

NGMI

D. D

EN S

EEKI

NGBO

T. DE

N. S

EEKI

NGUP

P. IN

T. SE

EKIN

GUP

P. IN

T. FO

LLOW

ING

MID.

INT.S

EEKI

NG

-24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32Co

deMe

aning

NMS

Disp

layNo

t initia

lised

St

oppe

d at H

igh S

topSt

oppe

d at L

ow S

topRe

peata

bility

testi

ngSe

eking

wate

r leve

lW

ater le

vel, b

alanc

edFo

llow

water

leve

lOv

er-/U

nder

tens

ion,

Z-Ph

ase,

ADC

erro

r

NO IN

ITIA

LIZE

UPPE

R ST

OPLO

WER

STO

PRE

PEAT

ABILI

TYW

ATER

SEE

KING

WAT

ER LE

VEL

WAT

ER F

OLLO

WIN

GEM

ERGE

NCY

ERRO

R

Oper

ating

comm

ands

2.

STO

P 3.

BOT

TOM

LEVE

L 4.

UPP

ER IN

TERF

. LEV

EL 5.

MID

D. IN

TERF

. LEV

EL 6.

UPP

ER D

ENSI

TY 7.

MID

DLE

DENS

ITY

8. D

ENSI

TY B

OTTO

M 9.

REP

EATA

BILIT

Y10

.WAT

ER D

IP 0

. LEV

EL 1

. UP

+ Ke

y

Mode

(Cod

e)

OFF

RESE

T ALM

. DI

AGNO

.0 -

8

GVH1

57

Servi

ce M

ode =

ON,

MAIN

TENA

NCE

(Mod

bus /

HAR

T on

ly)11

Botto

m De

ns, fi

nishe

dDE

NSIT

Y BO

TTOM

22 23Fo

llow

Mid.

I/F le

vel

Seek

Bott

om le

vel

MID.

INT.

FOLL

OWIN

GBO

TTOM

SEE

KING



6005

Prog

rammi

ng M

atrix

(dyna

mic M

atrix,

Cali

bratio

n: G1

)

01

23

45

67

89

4 5 6 7 8

29

,

VH

GROU

P ME

SSAG

E

LEVE

L DAT

A

CALIB

RATIO

N

ADJU

STME

NT

AUTO

WIR

E CA

LIB.

AUTO

CAL

IB. D

ISPL

DISP

LAY

1600

0.0 m

mTA

NK H

EIGH

T

0 - 99

999.9

mm

Set (5

0)

0.0 m

mDI

P PO

INT

OFFS

ET

0 - 99

999.9

mm

Set (5

0)

1600

0.0 m

mSE

T LEV

EL

0 - 99

999.9

mm

Set (5

0)

UPPE

R ST

OP

1600

0.0 m

m

0 - 99

999.9

mm

Set (5

0)

NONE

CALIB

R.

AUTO

/MAN

MANU

ALAU

TOMA

TICSe

t (51)

NONE

CALIB

R.

AUTO

/MAN

0 - 2

Selec

t (51)

MEAS

URED

LEVE

L

SELE

CT D

ISP.

MO

DEUL

LAGE

LEVE

LME

ASUR

ED LE

V.Se

lect (5

1)

0 mm

LOW

ER S

TOP

0 - 99

999.9

mm

Set (5

0)

10.0

mmDI

SPLA

C. D

RAFT

0 - 99

9.9 m

m

Set (5

0)

0.0 m

mTA

NK C

ORRE

CT

LEV

0 - 99

999.9

mm

Set (5

1)

350 g

OVER

TENS

. SET

0 - 99

9 g

Set (5

1)

9912

3123

STAR

T TIM

E

0 - 99

9999

Set (5

1)

O ho

ur

INTE

RVAL

TIME

0 - 99

99 ho

ur

Set (5

1)

9912

3123

STAR

T TIM

E

0 - 99

9999

Set (5

1)

ENGL

ISH

LANG

UAGE

JAPA

NESE

Selec

t (51)

set (5

1)

0 - 15

LCD

CONT

RAST

Set (5

1)

0 - 99

99 ho

ur

INTE

RVAL

TIME

O ho

ur

150 m

mDI

SPL.

RAIS

E DE

NS0 -

300 m

m

Set (5

1)

150 m

mDI

SPL.

SUBM

DE

NS0 -

1500

mm

Set (5

1)

0.000

mm/

mTA

NK C

ORRE

. CO

EF0 -

59.99

9 mm/

m

Set (5

1)

50 g

UNDE

R TE

NS.

SET

0 - 99

9 g

Set (5

1)

60 m

m

SLOW

HOI

ST

60 - 1

800 m

m

Set (5

1)

10 m

m

DISP

L. RA

IS. R

EP.

10 - 9

9 mm

OFF

AUTO

CO

MPEN

SATE

ON Selec

t (51)

OFF

AUTO

CO

MPEN

SAT.

ON Selec

t (51)

1 Curre

nt ye

ar Se

t (51)

0 - 99

YEAR

SET

TING

MONT

H SE

TTIN

G

0 - 12

Curre

nt mo

nth S

et (51

)

0.0 g

DEVI

ATIO

N

0 - 99

9.9

Set (5

1)

0.0 m

m

ZERO

CO

RREC

TION

0 - 99

999.9

set (5

1)

15 DAY

SETT

ING

0 - 31

Curre

nt da

y Set

(51)

0.0 g

COMP

ENS.

LIMI

T

0 - 9

9.9

Set (5

1)

Set (5

1)

0 - 99

999.9

COMP

ENS.

LIMI

T

0.0 m

mSe

t (51)

10 s

DISP

L. W

AIT R

EP.

10 - 9

99 se

c.

Set (5

1)Se

t (51)

10 - 9

99 se

c.

DISP

L. W

AIT D

IP

10 s

13 HOUR

SET

TING

0 - 23

Curre

nt ho

ur Se

t (51)

59 MINU

TE S

ETTIN

G

0 - 59

Curre

nt mi

nute

Set (5

1)Se

lect (5

1)

[ .] SELE

CT D

ECIM

AL

OFF

LCD

CHEC

K

ON Selec

t (51)

OFF

SAFE

DEN

SITY

ON IGNO

RE

300.0

mm

DEN.

OPE

LEVE

L

0 - 99

999.9

mm

Set (5

1)Se

lect (5

1)

9999

9 mm

LEVE

L BEL

OW 0

0 mm

CHIN

ESE

Selec

t (51

)OF

F

SERV

ICE

MODE

ON

ON PROS

AFET

Y

OFF

9999

9.0 m

m

SAFE

TY LE

VEL

0 - 99

999.0

mm

Set (5

30)

Set (5

30)

Set (5

30)

Chapter 11 - Programming Matrix

Varec, Inc. 121

01

23

45

67

89

4 5 6 7 8 9

VH

6005

Prog

rammi

ng M

atrix

(Dyn

amic

Matrix

, Dev

ice D

ata : G

2)

GROU

P ME

SSAG

E

CONT

ACT O

UTPU

T

ANAL

OG O

UT.

ADJU

ST

PART

S DA

TA

INPU

T SIG

NAL

COMM

UNIC

ATIO

N

STAT

US

SELE

CT. R

ELAY

1 Max 4

Selec

t (50)

NONE

ASSI

GN O

UTPU

T 1

LEVE

LLIQ

UID

TEMP

.

Selec

t (51)

1 PART

S NU

MBER

Max 1

0

Selec

t (51)

NONE

OPE.

CON

TACT

ACTIV

ATED

Selec

t (51)

HIGH

LEVE

L ALA

RM 1

LOW

NONE

Selec

t (51)

O s

STAT

US1 D

ELAY

to 99

s

Set (5

1)

NONE

ASSI

GN R

ELAY

LEV.

, LIQ

UID

TEMP

.,CA

UTIO

N, W

ARNI

NG,

EMER

GENC

Y ER

R.

Selec

t (50)

0 mm

0 mm

ADJU

ST 4m

AFO

R LIQ

UID

TEMP

.

Set (5

1)

ADJU

ST 20

mA

FOR

LIQUI

D TE

MP.

Set (5

1)

HIGH

RELA

Y FU

NCTIO

N

LOW

Selec

t (50)

0 mm

SWITC

HING

POI

NT

Max.

9999

9 mm

NONE

ASSI

GN O

UTPU

T 2

NONE

PART

S TY

PEMA

INTE

N. FA

CTOR

OPER

ATIO

N HO

UR

DRUM

REV

OLT.

POW

ER U

NIT,

DISP

LAY,

MOT

OR,

WIR

E, B

EARI

NGS,

SHAF

TSe

lect (5

1)OF

F

CUST

ODY

TRAN

SFER

Disp

lay

DISA

BLED

NEW

NMS

STA

TUS

ENAB

LED

Selec

t (51)

0.0 m

mSE

T LEV

EL

ALAR

M 1

Max.

9999

9.9 m

m

Set (5

1)

HIGH

LEVE

L ALA

RM 2

LOW

NONE

Selec

t (51)

NONE

SELE

CT C

ONTA

CTNO

RMAL

OPE

NED

NORM

AL C

LOSE

D(A

LARM

=OPE

N)(A

LARM

=CLO

SE)

Selec

t (51)

0.0 m

m0.0

mm

SET L

EVEL

ALA

RM 2

Max.

9999

9.9 m

mHY

STER

ISYS

Max.

9999

9.9 m

m

Set (5

1)Se

t (51)

Set (5

1)

0 ADDR

ESS

0 - FF

for M

IC->

FF fix

ed

Disp

layDi

splay

SOFT

WAR

E VE

RSIO

NHA

RDW

ARE

VERS

ION

4.27

6.00

WM5

50, M

/S

PROT

OCOL

BBB,

MDP

, V1,

ENRA

F,RA

CK B

US, H

ART

Selec

t (51)

Set (5

1)Di

splay

(51)

COMM

U. LI

NE A

DJ.

0 - F

COMM

UNIC

. STA

TUS

0F

1.00 g

/ml

OPE.

DEN

SITY

0 - 3.

000

Set (5

1)

1 hou

r0 h

our

POW

ER U

NIT

MAIN

TEN.

VAL

UE

9999

99 ho

ur99

9999

hour

OPER

ATIO

N TIM

E

Selec

t (51)

Set (5

1)se

t (51)

0 mm

0 mm

ADJU

ST 4m

AAD

JUST

20mA

FOR

LIQUI

D TE

MP.

FOR

LIQUI

D TE

MP.

0 mm

HYST

ERIS

IS

Max.

9999

mm

Set (5

0)

Set (5

1)Se

t (51)

Set (5

0)

NORM

AL O

PENE

D

RELA

Y ON

ALA

RM

NORM

AL C

LOSE

D

0 s ON D

ELAY

TIME

Max.

999 s

Set (5

0)

OFF

DEVI

CE A

T ALA

RM

HOLD

CUR

NT. O

UTMA

XMI

NSe

lect (5

1)

0 s OFF D

ELAY

TIME

Max.

999 s

Set (5

0)

NONE

MH 0

0 0

NONE

PH 0

0 0

Disp

lay(51

)Se

lect (5

1)

REPL

ACED

PAR

TS

0 OPE.

CON

T, ST

ATUS

2 - 25

6

Disp

lay (5

1)

0 s BALA

NCE

DELA

Yto

99 s

Set (5

1)

MODB

US C

onfig

0 0 - 14

Set (5

1)

1 - 24

7 Mod

bus

WM5

50 A

LM.

SELE

CT

1 1 - 3

0 WM5

50 B

SW.

SELE

CT

0 - 1

0 WM5

50 D

ENS.

SE

L.0 -

2

37 WM5

50 S

W_ID

_20x

x0 -

99

Selec

t (51)

Selec

t (51)

Set (5

1)Se

lect (5

1)

LEVE

LLIQ

UID

TEMP

.

Set (5

1)



01

23

45

67

89

4 5 6 7 8 9

VH

6005

Prog

rammi

ng M

atrix

(Dyn

amic

Matrix

, Serv

ice: G

3)

GROU

P ME

SSAG

E

MEAS

. WIR

E &

DRUM

GAUG

E DA

TA

SYST

EM D

ATA

SERV

ICE

SENS

OR V

ALUE

SENS

OR D

ATA

300.0

0 mm

WIR

E DR

UM C

IRC.

0 - 99

9.9

Set (5

1)

1.4g /

10m

WIR

E W

EIGH

T

Set (5

1)

LOCA

L : M

ASTE

RSE

NSOR

DAT

ARE

MOTE

D CO

M. O

NSO

FTW

ARE=

04.24

HARD

WAR

E=TG

B 04

GEAR

1:36

NOT O

VERS

PILL

0.0 g

MEAS

URED

WEI

GHT

OFF

CONN

ECTIO

N NR

F

CONT

ACT 1

CONT

ACT 2

Selec

t (51)

OFF

RELE

. OVE

R TE

NS

ONON

Disp

laySe

lect (5

1)Se

lect (5

1)

OFF

Sa=2

1000

: A=2

1000

Sb=1

1000

: B=1

1000

Disp

lay (5

1)

0 - 99

9.9

255.0

gDI

SPLA

CER

WEI

GHT

0 - 99

9.9

Set (5

1)

OFF

NON

HYST

ER.

MODE

ON Selec

t (51)

OFF

CONN

ECTIO

N NM

T

SPOT

TEMP

.AV

ERAG

E TE

MP.

Selec

t (51)

DRUM

SET

TING

ON Selec

t (51)

OFF

WEI

GHT C

ALIB

R.

145.0

ml

DISP

LACE

R VO

LUME

0 - 99

9.9

Set (5

1)

0 - 99

9.9

Set (5

1)

BALA

NCE

VOLU

ME

60 m

l1.0

ml

VOLU

ME

TOLE

RANC

E

0 - 99

.9

Set (5

1)

OFF

HI.A

CCUR

ACY

MODE

ON Selec

t (51)

HI. A

CCR.

OPE

. TIM

E0 -

600

Set (5

1)

0 s50

mm

HI. A

CC. D

ISP.

UP

0 - 30

0

Set (5

1)

999 °

C

GAUG

E TE

MP.

Disp

lay (5

1)

20 X

100 m

SDE

LAY

0 - 99

Set (5

1)

0.00 m

m/m

DRUM

COR

RECT

ION

0 - 99

.000 -

99

Set (5

1)Se

t (51)

DISP

L. HU

NT.C

OUNT

0 cou

nt

OFF

SOFT

RES

ET

Selec

t (51)

70 m

m0.0

gDI

SPL.

REFE

RENC

E

Set (5

1)Se

t (51)

ZERO

ADJ

. WEI

GHT

0

0

0.0

g0

0 0

..0 g

WT.

COUN

T CAL

AW

T. CO

UNT C

AL B

Disp

lay (5

1)Di

splay

(51)

IF_LE

VEL S

ELEC

T

UP_IF

_LEV

ELW

ATER

BOT

TOM

WAT

ER B

OTTO

M 2

Selec

t (51)

0.0 m

m0 C

ount

ACTU

AL LE

VEL

Disp

lay (5

30)

ENCO

DER

COUN

T

Disp

lay (5

30)


Varec, Inc. 123

01

23

45

67

89

4 5 6 7 8

176

9

VH

6005

Pro

gram

ming

Matr

ix (D

ynam

ic Ma

trix, T

empe

ratur

e : G

4)

GROU

P ME

SSAG

E

TEMP

ERAT

URE

DATA

ELEM

ENT

TEMP

.

ELEM

ENT

POSI

TION

NMT

ADJU

STME

NT

SET

DATA

NMT

DEVI

CE D

ATA

NMT

xx °C

LIQUD

TEM

P.

Disp

lay (5

1)

zz °C

GAS

TEMP

.

Disp

lay (5

1)

aa.a

°C

TEMP

. NO.

1

Disp

lay (5

1)

bb.b

°CTE

MP. N

O.2

Disp

lay (5

1)

aaaa

.a mm

MEAS

URED

LEV.

VH00

or V

H08

Disp

lay (5

1)Se

lect (

51)

LEV.

DAT

A SE

LECT

VH00

cc.c

°CTE

MP. N

O.3

Disp

lay (5

1)

dd.d

°C

TEMP

. NO.

4TE

MP. N

O.5

ee.e

°C

Disp

lay (5

1)Di

splay

(51)

WAT

ER B

OTTO

M

0.0 m

m

ff.f °C

gg.g

°C

TEMP

. NO.

6TE

MP. N

O.7

Disp

lay (5

1)Di

splay

(51)

0.0 °C

REFE

RENC

E ZE

RO

Disp

lay (5

1)

hh.h

°C

TEMP

. NO.

8

ii.i °C

TEMP

. NO.

9

Disp

lay (5

1)Di

splay

(51)

jj.j °C

TEMP

. NO.

10

Disp

lay (5

1)

xxx.x

mm

xxx.x

mm

ELEM

. 1 P

OSIT

ION

Disp

aly (5

1)

ELEM

. 2 P

OSIT

ION

Disp

aly (5

1)Di

spaly

(51)

ELEM

. 3 P

OSIT

ION

xxx.x

mm

Disp

aly (5

1)

ELEM

. 4 P

OSIT

ION

xxx.x

mm

xxx.x

mm

ELEM

. 5 P

OSIT

ION

Disp

aly (5

1)

xxx.x

mm

ELEM

. 6 P

OSIT

ION

Disp

aly (5

1)

xxx.x

mm

Disp

aly (5

1)Di

spaly

(51)

ELEM

. 7 P

OSIT

ION

xxx.x

mm

xxx.x

mm

ELEM

. 8 P

OSIT

ION

xxx.x

mm

ELEM

. 9 P

OSIT

ION

Disp

aly (5

1)Di

spaly

(51)

ELEM

. 10 P

OSIT

ION

0 SELE

CT P

OINT

0 - 15

Sele

ctable

SELE

CT P

OINT

+1= E

LEME

NT N

o.Se

t (51

)

x.x °C

ZERO

ADJ

UST

Set (

51)

xx.x

°C

ELEM

ENT

TEMP

.Cu

rrent

data

Disp

aly (5

1)

xxx.x

mm

ELEM

ENT

POS.

Curre

nt da

ta

Disp

aly (5

1)

2 AVER

AGE

TIME

Set (

51)

0 DIAG

NOST

IC

Disp

lay (5

1)

xx TOTA

L NO.

ELE

MENT

2 - 16

Set (

51)

5 PREA

MBLE

NUM

BER

1 - 16

Set (

51)

EQUA

L

KIND

OF

INTE

RVAL

UNEQ

UAL

Selec

t (51

)

500.0

mm

BOTT

OM P

OINT

0.0 m

m to

500.0

mm

valua

ble

Set (

51)

Set (

51)

ELEM

ENT

INTE

RVAL

200.0

mm

-49.5

°CTE

MP. E

LEM.

SHO

RT

Disp

lay (5

1)

359.0

°C

TEMP

. ELE

M. O

PEN

Disp

lay (5

1)

DEVI

CEDE

VICE

TYP

E CO

DE

Disp

lay (5

1)

2 HARD

WAR

E VE

RSIO

NSO

FTW

ARE

VERS

ION

Disp

lay (5

1)Di

splay

(51)

Disp

lay (5

1)

MANU

FACT

URE

IDPO

LLIN

G AD

DRES

S

2 Disp

lay (5

1)

OFF

CUST

ODY

TRAN

SFER

ON

OUTP

UT A

T ER

ROR

Disp

lay (5

1)Se

lect (

51)

LAST

DIA

GNOS

TIC

Disp

lay (5

1)

xxxx

xx

INST

RUME

NT C

ODE

Disp

lay (5

1)

Disp

lay (5

1)

530

ACCE

SS C

ODE

Disp

aly (5

1)

1.000

GAIN

ADJ

UST

Disp

aly (5

1)

°C TEMP

ERAT

URE

UNIT

mm LENG

TH U

NIT

Disp

aly (5

1)Di

spaly

(51)

150.0

°C

REFE

RENC

E 15

0

Disp

aly (5

1)

Depe

nding

on a

spec

ificati

on an

d me

asur

ed va

lue

Depe

nding

on a

spec

ificati

on an

d me

asur

ed va

lue

Depe

nding

on a

spec

ificati

on an

d me

asur

ed va

lue

Depe

nding

on a

spec

ificati

on an

d me

asur

ed va

lue

Depe

nding

on a

spec

ificati

on an

d me

asur

ed va

lue

Depe

nding

on a

spec

ificati

on an

d me

asur

ed va

lue

Depe

nding

on a

spec

ificati

on an

d me

asur

ed va

lue

Depe

nding

on a

spec

ificati

on an

d me

asur

ed va

lue

Depe

nding

on a

spec

ificati

on an

d me

asur

ed va

lue

Depe

nding

on a

spec

ificati

on an

d me

asur

ed va

lue

Depe

nding

on a

spec

ificati

on an

d me

asur

ed va

lue

Depe

nding

on a

spec

ificati

on an

d me

asur

ed va

lue

Depe

nding

on a

spec

ificati

on an

d me

asur

ed va

lue

Depe

nding

on a

spec

ificati

on an

d me

asur

ed va

lue

Depe

nding

on a

spec

ificati

on an

d me

asur

ed va

lue

Depe

nding

on a

spec

ificati

on an

d me

asur

ed va

lue

Depe

nding

on a

spec

ificati

on an

d me

asur

ed va

lue

Depe

nding

on a

spec

ificati

on an

d me

asur

ed va

lue

Depe

nding

on a

spec

ificati

on an

d me

asur

ed va

lue

Depe

nding

on a

spec

ificati

on an

d me

asur

ed va

lue

Depe

nding

on a

spec

ificati

on an

d me

asur

ed va

lue

Depe

nding

on a

spec

ificati

on an

d me

asur

ed va

lue

Depe

nding

on a

spec

ificati

on an

d me

asur

ed va

lue

Depe

nding

on a

spec

ificati

on an

d me

asur

ed va

lue

Depe

nding

on a

spec

ificati

on an

d me

asur

ed va

lue

Depe

nding

on a

spec

ificati

on an

d me

asur

ed va

lue



01

23

45

67

89

4 5 6 7 8 9

VH

6005

Prog

rammi

ng M

atrix

(Dyn

amic

Matrix

, HAR

T DEV

ICE

(1) : G

5)

GROU

P ME

SSAG

E

MEAS

URED

VA

LUE

P.V.

SET

TING

SENS

OR

SPEC

IFIC

ALAR

M

SELF

DI

AGNO

STIC

DEVI

CE D

ATA

Disp

lay

ERRO

R CO

DE (1

)ER

ROR

CODE

(2)

Disp

lay

4 POLL

ING

ADDR

ESS

(FIX

ED A

DDRE

SS)

Disp

layDi

splay

MANU

FACT

URE

ID

Disp

lay

ERRO

R CO

DE (3

)ER

ROR

CODE

(4)

Disp

lay

ERRO

R CO

DE (5

)

Disp

lay

DEVI

CE TY

PE C

ODE

Disp

lay

PREA

MBLE

S

Set(5

1)

SW V

ERSI

ON

Disp

lay

HW V

ERSI

ON

Disp

lay

DEVI

CE ID

Disp

lay

Disp

layDi

splay

Disp

lay

SENS

OR

SERI

AL N

OUP

PER

SENS

OR LM

TLO

WER

SE

NSOR

LMT

P. V

. RAN

GE

UNIT

P. V

. UPP

ER

RANG

E P.

V. L

OWER

RA

NGE

DAMP

VAL

UE

Set (5

1)Se

t (51)

Set (5

1)Se

t (51)

PV D

ATA

Disp

lay

SV D

ATA

Disp

lay

OFF

HART

DEV

ICE

(1)ON LIQ

UID

TEMP

.GA

S TE

MP.

Selec

t (51)


Varec, Inc. 125

01

23

45

67

89

4 5 6 7 8 9

VH

6005

Prog

rammi

ng M

atrix

(Dyn

amic

Matrix

, HAR

T DEV

ICE

(2) : G

6)

GROU

P ME

SSAG

E

MEAS

URED

VA

LUE

P.V.

SET

TING

SENS

OR

SPEC

IFIC

ALAR

M

SELF

DI

AGNO

STIC

DEVI

CE D

ATA

Disp

lay

ERRO

R CO

DE (1

)ER

ROR

CODE

(2)

Disp

lay

5 POLL

ING

ADDR

ESS

(FIX

ED A

DDRE

SS)

Disp

layDi

splay

MANU

FACT

URE

ID

Disp

lay

ERRO

R CO

DE (3

)ER

ROR

CODE

(4)

Disp

lay

ERRO

R CO

DE (5

)

Disp

lay

DEVI

CE TY

PE C

ODE

Disp

lay

PREA

MBLE

S

Set(5

1)

SW V

ERSI

ON

Disp

lay

HW V

ERSI

ON

Disp

lay

DEVI

CE ID

Disp

lay

Disp

layDi

splay

Disp

lay

SENS

OR S

ERIA

L NO

UPPE

R SE

NSOR

LM

TLO

WER

SEN

SOR

LMT

P. V

. RAN

GE

UNIT

P. V

. UPP

ER

RANG

E P.

V. L

OWER

RA

NGE

DAMP

VAL

UE

Set (5

1)Se

t (51)

Set (5

1)Se

t (51)

PV D

ATA

Disp

lay

SV D

ATA

Disp

lay

OFF

HART

DEV

ICE

(2)ON LIQ

UID

TEMP

.GA

S TE

MP.

Selec

t (51)



01

23

45

67

89

4 5 6 7 8

VH

GROU

P ME

SSAG

E

ADJ.

SENS

OR

HART

ERR

OR

RATE

UNIT

HART

LINE

INTE

RFAC

E AD

JUST

TERM

INAL

POR

T B

NMT

TERM

INAL

POR

T A

Selec

t (777

)

TERM

INAL

POR

T BTE

RMIN

AL P

ORT B

HART

DEV

ICE

(1)TE

RMIN

AL P

ORT A

HART

DEV

ICE

(2)TE

RMIN

AL P

ORT A

0.3 m

L15

0

Selec

t (777

)Se

lect (7

77)

15VO

L. TO

L. FO

R I/F

0 - 99

.9 mL

Set (5

1)

BRAK

E RA

TE0 -

255

0 - 25

5

Set (5

1)Se

t (51)

BALA

NCE

COUN

T

0.0 m

m

IF 1 O

FFSE

T 0

- 999

9.9 m

m

Set (5

1)

0.0 m

m

Set (5

1)

IF 2 O

FFSE

T 0

- 999

9.9 m

m

6005

Prog

rammi

ng M

atrix

(Dyn

amic

Matrix

, ADJ

. SEN

SOR

: G7)

mm LEV.

UNI

T (HO

ST)

m inch

cm ft Selec

t (51)

°C TEMP

. UNI

T (HO

ST)

°F °R °K Selec

t (51)

g/mL

DEN.

UNI

T (HO

ST)

Kg/m

, Ib/g

l, SGU

, Kg

/gl/.l,

lb/in

,st/y

3

3

Selec

t (51)

mm LEV.

UNI

Tm inc

hcm ft Se

lect (5

1)

°C TEMP

. UNI

T°F °R °K Se

lect (5

1)

g/mL

DEN.

UNI

T Kg

/m , I

b/gl, S

GU,

Kg/gl

/.l, lb

/in,st

/y

Selec

t (51)

9LE

VEL

CORR

ECTIO

N

ADJ

. A Z

ERO

Disp

lay (5

30)

ADJ

. A S

PAN

Disp

lay (5

30)

ADJ

. B Z

ERO

ADJ

. B S

PAN

Disp

lay (5

30)

Disp

lay (5

30)

0.00%

XXXX

Y

YYYY

XXXX

Y

YYYY

XXXX

Y

YYYY

XXXX

Y

YYYY

ERR.

RAT

E NR

F

Disp

lay (5

30)

0.00%

ERR.

RAT

E NM

T

Disp

lay (5

30)

0.00%

ERR.

RAT

E DE

(1)

Disp

lay (5

30)

0.00%

ERR.

RAT

E DE

(2)

Disp

lay (5

30)


Varec, Inc. 127

01

23

45

67

89

4 5 6 7 8 9

VH

6005

Prog

rammi

ng M

atrix

(Dyn

amic

Matrix

, Tan

k Prof

ile : G

8)

GROU

P ME

SSAG

E

PROF

ILE O

PE.

STAT

US/D

ATA

DENS

ITY 1

- 10

DENS

ITY 11

- 16

POSI

TION

1 - 10

POSI

TION

11 - 1

6

O : S

POT

OPE.

SEL

ECT

0 : sp

ot1 :

tank

profi

le2 :

I/F pr

ofile

3 : M

ANU.

I/F pr

ofile

Disp

lay/S

et (51

)

2 OPE.

POI

NT2 -

16

0 I/F M

ANU.

LEVE

L0 -

9999

9.9 m

m

2.0 m

mBA

L. LE

VEL

1.0 - 9

9.9 m

m

1 min

UP W

AIT T

IME

1- 31

min

1 min

LIQ. W

AIT T

IME

1- 31

min

1 min

OPE.

WAI

T TIM

E1-

31 m

in

0 OPE.

STA

TUS

0 - 6

0 LEVE

L CON

DITIO

N0 -

4

Disp

lay

Set (5

1)Se

t (51)

Set (5

1)Se

t (51)

Set (5

1)Se

t (51)

Disp

lay

DDHH

MMOP

E. TI

ME00

0000

- 312

359

0.000

g/ml

AVER

AGE

DENS

ITY

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

L

0.0 °C

AVER

AGE

TEMP

.

0 - 36

9.5 °C

0.000

g/ml

NO. 1

DEN

SITY

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

0.000

g/ml

NO. 2

DEN

SITY

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

0.000

g/ml

NO. 3

DEN

SITY

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

0.000

g/ml

NO. 4

DEN

SITY

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

0.000

g/ml

NO. 5

DEN

SITY

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

0.000

g/ml

NO. 6

DEN

SITY

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

0.000

g/ml

NO. 7

DEN

SITY

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

0.000

g/ml

NO. 8

DEN

SITY

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

0.000

g/ml

NO. 9

DEN

SITY

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

0.000

g/ml

NO. 1

0 DEN

SITY

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

Disp

layDi

splay

Disp

layDi

splay

Disp

layDi

splay

Disp

layDi

splay

Disp

layDi

splay

0.000

g/ml

NO. 1

1 DEN

SITY

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

Disp

lay

0.000

g/ml

NO. 1

2 DEN

SITY

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

Disp

lay

0.000

g/ml

NO. 1

3 DEN

SITY

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

Disp

lay

0.000

g/ml

NO. 1

4 DEN

SITY

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

Disp

lay

0.000

g/ml

NO. 1

5 DEN

SITY

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

Disp

lay

0.000

g/ml

NO. 1

6 DEN

SITY

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

Disp

lay

0 mm

NO.1

POSI

TION

0 - 99

999.9

mm

0 mm

NO.2

POSI

TION

0 - 99

999.9

mm

Disp

layDi

splay

0 mm

NO.3

POSI

TION

0 - 99

999.9

mm

Disp

lay

0 mm

NO.4

POSI

TION

0 - 99

999.9

mm

Disp

lay

0 mm

NO.5

POSI

TION

0 - 99

999.9

mm

Disp

lay

0 mm

NO.6

POSI

TION

0 - 99

999.9

mm

Disp

lay

0 mm

NO.7

POSI

TION

0 - 99

999.9

mm

Disp

lay

0 mm

NO.8

POSI

TION

0 - 99

999.9

mm

Disp

lay

0 mm

NO.9

POSI

TION

0 - 99

999.9

mm

Disp

lay

0 mm

NO.10

POS

ITION

0 - 99

999.9

mm

Disp

lay

0 mm

NO.11

POS

ITION

0 - 99

999.9

mm

Disp

lay

0 mm

NO.12

POS

ITION

0 - 99

999.9

mm

Disp

lay

0 mm

NO.13

POS

ITION

0 - 99

999.9

mm

Disp

lay

0 mm

NO.14

POS

ITION

0 - 99

999.9

mm

Disp

lay

0 mm

NO.15

POS

ITION

0 - 99

999.9

mm

Disp

lay

0 mm

NO.16

POS

ITION

0 - 99

999.9

mm

Disp

lay



01

23

45

67

89

4 5 6 7 8 9

VH

6005

Pro

gram

ming

Matr

ix (D

ynam

ic Ma

trix, In

terfac

e Pro

file : G

9)

GROU

P ME

SSAG

E

STAT

US/D

ATA

DENS

ITY

1 - 10

DENS

ITY

11 -

16

POSI

TION

1 - 1

0

POSI

TION

11- 1

6

0 OPE.

STA

TUS

0 - 6

0 LEVE

L CON

DITI

ON0 -

4

Disp

layDi

splay

DDHH

MMOP

E. T

IME

0000

00 -

3123

59

0.000

g/ml

AVER

AGE

DENS

ITY

0.000

- 9.9

99 g/

ml

0.0 °C

AVER

AGE

TEMP

.

0 - 36

9.5 °C

0.000

g/ml

NO. 1

DEN

SITY

0.000

- 9.9

99 g/

ml

0.000

g/ml

NO. 2

DEN

SITY

0.000

- 9.9

99 g/

ml

0.000

g/ml

NO. 3

DEN

SITY

0.000

- 9.9

99 g/

ml

0.000

g/ml

NO. 4

DEN

SITY

0.000

- 9.9

99 g/

ml

0.000

g/ml

NO. 5

DEN

SITY

0.000

- 9.9

99 g/

ml

0.000

g/ml

NO. 6

DEN

SITY

0.000

- 9.9

99 g/

ml

0.000

g/ml

NO. 7

DEN

SITY

0.000

- 9.9

99 g/

ml

0.000

g/ml

NO. 8

DEN

SITY

0.000

- 9.9

99 g/

ml

0.000

g/ml

NO. 9

DEN

SITY

0.000

- 9.9

99 g/

ml

0.000

g/ml

NO. 1

0 DEN

SITY

0.000

- 9.9

99 g/

ml

Disp

layDi

splay

Disp

layDi

splay

Disp

layDi

splay

Disp

layDi

splay

Disp

layDi

splay

0.000

g/ml

NO. 1

1 DEN

SITY

0.000

- 9.9

99 g/

ml

Disp

lay

0.000

g/ml

NO. 1

2 DEN

SITY

0.000

- 9.9

99 g/

ml

Disp

lay

0.000

g/ml

NO. 1

3 DEN

SITY

0.000

- 9.9

99 g/

ml

Disp

lay

0.000

g/ml

NO. 1

4 DEN

SITY

0.000

- 9.9

99 g/

ml

Disp

lay

0.000

g/ml

NO. 1

5 DEN

SITY

0.000

- 9.9

99 g/

ml

Disp

lay

0.000

g/ml

NO. 1

6 DEN

SITY

0.000

- 9.9

99 g/

ml

Disp

lay

0 mm

NO.1

POSI

TION

0 - 99

999.9

mm

0 mm

NO.2

POSI

TION

0 - 99

999.9

mm

Disp

layDi

splay

0 mm

NO.3

POSI

TION

0 - 99

999.9

mm

Disp

lay

0 mm

NO.4

POSI

TION

0 - 99

999.9

mm

Disp

lay

0 mm

NO.5

POSI

TION

0 - 99

999.9

mm

Disp

lay

0 mm

NO.6

POSI

TION

0 - 99

999.9

mm

Disp

lay

0 mm

NO.7

POSI

TION

0 - 99

999.9

mm

Disp

lay

0 mm

NO.8

POSI

TION

0 - 99

999.9

mm

Disp

lay

0 mm

NO.9

POSI

TION

0 - 99

999.9

mm

Disp

lay

0 mm

NO.10

POS

ITIO

N0 -

9999

9.9 m

m

Disp

lay

0 mm

NO.11

POS

ITIO

N0 -

9999

9.9 m

m

Disp

lay

0 mm

NO.12

POS

ITIO

N0 -

9999

9.9 m

m

Disp

lay

0 mm

NO.13

POS

ITIO

N0 -

9999

9.9 m

m

Disp

lay

0 mm

NO.14

POS

ITIO

N0 -

9999

9.9 m

m

Disp

lay

0 mm

NO.15

POS

ITIO

N0 -

9999

9.9 m

m

Disp

lay

0 mm

NO.16

POS

ITIO

N0 -

9999

9.9 m

m

Disp

lay

0 mm

I/F LE

VEL

0 - 99

999.9

mm


Varec, Inc. 129

Description of the Programming Matrix

0 0 0 0 0 51 0 0

Matrix

grou

pFu

nctio

n grou

pIte

mAc

cess

co

de

STAT

IC M

ATRI

X(T

his w

ord is

not

show

n)

MEAS

URED

VAL

UE 1

MEAS

URED

LEVE

L

ULLA

GE LE

VEL

UPPE

R IN

TERF

. LEV

MIDD

. INTE

RF. L

EV

BOTT

OM LE

VEL

UPPE

R DE

NSITY

MIDD

LE D

ENSI

TY

DENS

ITY B

OTTO

M

LEVE

L DAT

A

STAT

US 1

Short

desc

riptio

nDe

fault v

alue

Set

Selec

tDi

splay

Poss

ible s

etting

s, se

lectio

n, or

displa

yInd

ex N

o, GV

H

Disp

lays d

isplac

er po

sition

in re

lation

to U

llage

(Outa

ge) o

rInn

age a

s Defi

ned b

y GVH

190 D

isplay

Mod

e.16

000.0

mm

Disp

lay0.0

... 99

999.9

mm

000

Disp

lays d

ifferen

ce be

twee

n curr

ent d

isplac

er po

sition

and

Tank

Heig

ht.

Disp

lays l

ast r

ecor

ded M

iddle

Inter

face l

evel

meas

urem

ent.

Disp

lays l

ast r

ecor

ded U

pper

Inter

face l

evel

meas

urem

ent.

Disp

lays l

ast r

ecor

ded B

ottom

leve

l mea

sure

ment.

Refer

to G

VH00

4.Di

splay

s las

t reco

rded U

pper

Dens

ity m

easu

remen

t OR

man

ual s

etting

.

Disp

lays l

ast re

corde

d Midd

le De

nsity

mea

surem

ent

OR m

anua

l sett

ing.

51 51Di

splay

s las

t reco

rded D

ensit

y Bott

om m

easu

remen

t OR

man

ual s

etting

.

Disp

lays l

ast re

corde

d Mea

sured

Leve

l mea

surem

ent

acco

rding

to B

alanc

e Stat

us.

Switc

hes t

he C

ontac

t Rela

y Inp

ut St

atus 1

Outp

ut Fu

nctio

n ON

or O

FF, e

spec

ially

for O

il Lea

k Dete

ctor In

put.

Whe

n inp

ut rel

ay si

gnal

is ON

, sign

al is

outpu

t as S

tatus

1 Ala

rm, a

nd re

corde

d in G

0V3H

7

0.0 m

mDi

splay

0.0 ...

9999

9.9 m

m00

1

002

003

004

005

006

007

008

009

OFF /

ON

Disp

layOF

F

1600

0.0 m

mDi

splay

0.000

...3.00

0 g/m

l

0.000

...3.00

0 g/m

l

0.000

...3.00

0 g/m

l

0.000

...3.00

0 g/m

l

0.0 ...

9999

9.9 m

m

0.0 ...

9999

9.9 m

m

0.0 ...

9999

9.9 m

m

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay/

Set

Disp

lay/

Set

Disp

lay/

Set

1.000

g/ml

1.000

g/ml

1.000

g/ml

0.0 m

m

0.0 m

m

0.0 m

m



0 0 0 0 0 0

Matrix

grou

pFu

nctio

n grou

pIte

mAc

cess

co

deSh

ort de

scrip

tion

Defau

lt valu

eSe

tSe

lect

Disp

lay

Poss

ible s

etting

s, se

lectio

n, or

displa

yInd

ex N

o, GV

H

STAT

IC M

ATRI

X(T

his w

ord is

not

show

n)

MEAS

URED

VAL

UE 2

LIQUI

D TE

MP.

DEV(

1)

DEV(

2)

GAS

TEMP

ERAT

URE

ZERO

POI

NT

SPAN

LENG

TH U

NIT

Disp

lays L

iquid

Temp

eratur

e data

refle

cted f

rom G

4V4H

0 (NM

T)or

from

G5V4

H0 (H

ART D

ev 1)

if G5V

4H9 =

"Liqu

id Te

mpera

ture"

Disp

lays P

rimary

Vari

able

data

reflec

ted fro

m G5

V4H0

(HAR

T Dev

1) w

hen G

5V4H

0 = O

N,

Liquid

Temp

eratur

e or G

as Te

mpera

ture.

Liquid

Temp

eratur

e data

is als

o cop

ied to

G0V

1H0.

Gas T

emep

eratur

e data

is al

so co

pied

G0V1

H0 un

less G

6V4H

9 = G

as te

mpera

ture

Disp

lays P

rimary

Vari

able

data

reflec

ted fro

m G6

V4H0

(HAR

T Dev

2)wh

en G

6V4H

9 = O

N or

Gas T

empe

rature

. Ga

s tem

perat

ure da

ta is

also c

opied

to G

0V1H

3Di

splay

s Gas

Temp

eratur

e data

refle

cted f

rom G

4V4H

1, or

from

G5V4

H0 if

G5V4

H9= G

as Te

mepe

rature

, or fr

om

G6V4

H0 if

G6V4

H9 =

Gas T

empe

rature

WAT

ER B

OTTO

M 0

Disp

lays w

ater in

terfac

e lev

el da

ta rec

eived

from

NMT 5

39 P

rothe

rmo W

B de

vice.

0.0 m

mDi

splay

Disp

lays Z

ero P

oint fo

r Com

muwi

n II b

ar gra

ph

Disp

lays S

pan f

or Co

mmuw

in II b

ar gra

ph

Disp

lays u

nit of

leng

th (se

lected

at G

7V6H

0) for

Co

mmuw

in II b

ar gra

ph

0.0 °C

0.0 °C

0 mm

1600

0.0 m

m

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay-49

.9 ...

249.9

°C

0.0 ...

9999

9.9 m

m

0.0 ...

9999

9.9 m

m

-49.9

... 24

9.9 °C

0.0 ...

9999

9.9 m

m

0.0 ...

9999

9.9 m

m

mm01

9

018

017

014

013

012

011

010


Varec, Inc. 131

0

Matrix

grou

pFu

nctio

n grou

pIte

mAc

cess

co

deSh

ort de

scrip

tion

Defau

lt valu

eSe

tSe

lect

Disp

lay

Poss

ible s

etting

s, se

lectio

n, or

displa

yInd

ex N

o, GV

H

STAT

IC M

ATRI

X(T

his w

ord is

not

sho

wn)

OPER

ATIN

G ST

ATUS

Disp

lacer

opera

tion m

ode,

or po

sition

statu

s of S

ervo T

ank G

auge

. ST

OPDi

splay

021

REFE

RENC

EUP DO

WN

STOP

LEVE

LUP

PER.

INTE

RF. L

EV.

MIDD

. INTE

RF. L

EV.

BOTT

OM LE

VEL

UPPE

R DE

NSITY

MIDD

LE D

ENSI

TYDE

NSITY

BOT

TOM

RELE

. OVE

R TE

NS.

CAL.

ACTIV

ELE

VEL S

EEKI

NGLE

VEL F

OLLO

WIN

GUP

P. D

EN. S

EEKI

NGMI

D. D

EN. S

EEKI

NGBO

T. DE

N. S

EEKI

NGUP

P. IN

T. SE

EKIN

GUP

P. IN

T. FO

LLOW

ING

MID.

INT.

SEEK

ING

MID.

INT.

FOLL

OWIN

GBO

TTOM

SEE

KING

NO IN

ITIAL

IZEUP

PER

STOP

LOW

ER S

TOP

REPE

ATAB

ILITY

WAT

ER S

EEKI

NGW

ATER

LEVE

LW

ATER

FOLL

OWIN

GEM

ERGE

NCY

ERRO

RMA

INTE

NANC

E

OPER

ATIO

N(fr

om op

tical

key)

OPER

ATIO

N50

Selec

t ope

ration

for m

ovem

ent o

f disp

lacer.

Selec

tST

OP02

0Re

fer to

G0 S

tatic

Matrix

, Ope

ratio

n co

mman

ds.



0

Matrix

grou

pFu

nctio

n grou

pIte

mAc

cess

co

deSh

ort de

scrip

tion

Defau

lt valu

eSe

tSe

lect

Disp

lay

Poss

ible s

etting

s, se

lectio

n, or

displa

yInd

ex N

o, GV

H

STAT

IC M

ATRI

X(T

his w

ord is

not

sho

wn)

OPER

ATIO

NBA

LANC

E ST

ATUS

Disp

lays b

alanc

e stat

us of

disp

lacer.

UNBA

LANC

EDDi

splay

022

BALA

NCED

UNBA

LANC

ED

OPER

AT. B

Y NR

F0

Disp

lays o

perat

ion st

atus o

f N46

50 S

ervo G

uage

Mon

itor.

If no N

4650

Serv

o Gua

ge M

onito

r con

necte

d, dis

play w

ill sh

ow

aster

isks *

******

.

Disp

layLE

VEL

LEVE

LUP ST

OPBO

TTOM

LEVE

LMI

DD. IN

TERF

. LEV

ELUP

PER

DENS

ITYMI

DDLE

DEN

SITY

DENS

ITY B

OTTO

MRE

PEAT

ABILI

TYW

ATER

DIP

024

OPER

AT. B

Y HO

ST0

Disp

lays o

perat

ion st

atus o

f Hos

t CPU

.If n

o HOS

T is c

onne

cted,

displa

ys as

terisk

s ****

***.

LEVE

LDi

splay

LEVE

LUP ST

OPBO

TTOM

LEVE

LMI

DD. IN

TERF

. LEV

ELUP

PER

DENS

ITYMI

DDLE

DEN

SITY

DENS

ITY B

OTTO

MRE

PEAT

ABILI

TYW

ATER

DIP

025

DEVI

CE ID

0Di

splay

s the

Dev

ice ID

of 60

05 S

ervo T

ank G

auge

.0

Disp

lay

SOFT

WAR

E VE

RSIO

N0

Disp

lays t

he so

ftware

versi

on of

6005

Serv

o Tan

k Gau

ge.

428

Disp

lay

028

029


Varec, Inc. 133

0

Matrix

grou

pFu

nctio

n grou

pIte

mAc

cess

co

deSh

ort de

scrip

tion

Defau

lt valu

eSe

tSe

lect

Disp

lay

Poss

ible s

etting

s, se

lectio

n, or

displa

yInd

ex N

o, GV

H

STAT

IC M

ATRI

X(T

his w

ord is

not

sho

wn)

MORE

FUNC

TION

MATR

IX O

FUs

e (+)

and (

-) ke

ys to

scrol

l throu

gh 9

Dyna

mic M

atrix

Grou

p sele

ction

s. Pr

ess "

E" ke

y to s

elect

one f

or ac

cess

to

more

data.

CALIB

RATIO

NDE

VICE

DAT

ASE

RVIC

ETE

MPER

ATUR

EHA

RT D

EVIC

E (1)

HART

DEV

ICE

(2)AD

J. SE

NSOR

030

ALAR

M CO

NTAC

T0

Disp

lay al

arm m

essa

ge de

pend

ing on

curre

nt sta

tus.

Disp

lay03

4

(Cale

ndar)

0Di

splay

s date

and t

ime a

s yym

mdd _

_hh:m

m:ss

. No

t tran

sferre

d by R

ackb

us.

CALIB

RATIO

NSe

lect

Disp

layJa

pane

se lo

cal

time

e.g. 5

410 1

9:10:4

1Ye

ar Mo

nth D

ayHH

:MM:

SS

033

NO A

LARM

035

(Alar

m Hi

story)

0Us

e (+)

and (

-) ke

ys to

scrol

l throu

gh hi

story

of ala

rms.

Up to

99 al

arms r

ecord

ed, th

en ol

dest

alarm

is ov

erwritt

enby

new

data.

Disp

lay

DIAG

NOST

IC C

O0

Disp

lays c

urren

t self

-diag

nosti

c cod

e.Di

splay

NO A

LARM

NO E

RROR

036

Alarm

mes

sage

Alarm

histo

ry

Error

mes

sage

(Erro

r Hist

ory)

0Us

e (+)

and (

-) ke

ys to

scrol

l throu

gh hi

story

of err

ors, in

for

mat y

ymmd

d hhm

m°° #

#. Up

to 99

alarm

s rec

orded

, the

n olde

st ala

rm is

overw

ritten

by ne

w da

ta.

MPU:

STAR

T ACT

Disp

layEr

ror hi

story

037

RESE

T ALM

. DIA

GNO

0Re

set E

rror H

istory

by se

tting =

ON.

OFF

Disp

lay03

8

ACCE

SS C

ODE

0Se

t acc

ess c

ode t

o view

and c

hang

e to m

atrix

data.

High

er ac

cess

code

s (ex

cept

777)

give g

reater

editin

g priv

ilege

s.

0

039

Set

50: O

perat

or, 51

: tech

nician

, 77

7: req

uired

to se

lect E

Ex i H

ART l

ine

0, 50

, 51,

530,

777



50

Matrix

grou

pFu

nctio

n grou

pIte

mAc

cess

co

deSh

ort de

scrip

tion

Defau

lt valu

eSe

tSe

lect

Disp

lay

Poss

ible s

etting

s, se

lectio

n, or

displa

yInd

ex N

o, GV

H

CALIB

RATIO

NLE

VEL D

ATA

TANK

HEI

GHT

Eleva

tion l

evel

of ma

nual

dippin

g refe

rence

.0 -

9999

9.9 m

m14

0

DISP

L. RA

ISE

DENS

144

1600

0.0 m

mSe

t

0 - 30

0 mm

143

150 m

mDI

SPL.

SUBM

. DEN

S

LEVE

L BEL

OW 0

149

DIP

POIN

T OFF

SET

50Di

fferen

ce be

twee

n Tan

k Heig

ht an

d Refe

rence

Pos

ition o

f Pr

oserv

o NMS

5. Th

is da

ta is

autom

atica

lly ad

justed

by

Pros

ervo s

oftwa

re wh

en S

et Le

vel p

roced

ure is

perfo

rmed

.

0.0 m

mSe

t0 -

9999

9.9 m

m14

1

DISP

LAC.

DRA

FT50

Set th

e draf

t of d

isplac

er. Th

is va

lue is

used

to ca

lculat

e G0V

0H4

Botto

m Le

vel m

easu

remen

t.10

.0 mm

Set

0 - 99

9.9 m

m

142

Diam

eter

Spec

ificati

on

Draft

30 m

m40

mm

50 m

m50

mm

70 m

m11

0 mm

110 m

m

Spec

ialSp

ecial

Std

Conic

alNM

iPT

B,

Leve

lPT

B,I/F

Varie

sVa

ries

45 m

m35

mm

14 m

m8 m

m13

mm

Typic

al Di

splac

er Dr

aft se

ttings

Set d

istan

ce fo

r disp

lacer

to ris

e abo

ve le

vel p

ositio

n duri

ng

Dens

ity op

eratio

ns.

Obse

rve th

e rule

: G1V

4H3+

G1V

4H4 =

300 n

, whe

re = i

ntege

r51

Set d

istan

ce fo

r disp

lacer

to sin

k belo

w lev

el po

sition

durin

g De

nsity

opera

tions

. Ob

serve

the r

ule: G

1V4H

3+ G

1V4H

4 = 30

0 n, w

here

= inte

ger

51

Selec

t meth

od fo

r han

dling

nega

tive l

evel

data

in V1

proto

col

comm

unica

tion.

Selec

t "99

999 m

m" to

disp

lay ne

gativ

e lev

el da

taba

ckwa

rds fro

m 99

999 m

m. S

elect

"0 m

m" to

disp

lay al

l neg

ative

level

data

as 0

mm.

150 m

m

9999

9 mm

0 - 15

00 m

m

0 - 99

999

mmSe

lect

SetSet

51


Varec, Inc. 135

Matrix

grou

pFu

nctio

n grou

pIte

mAc

cess

co

deSh

ort de

scrip

tion

Defau

lt valu

eSe

tSe

lect

Disp

lay

Poss

ible s

etting

s, se

lectio

n, or

displa

yInd

ex N

o, GV

H

CALIB

RATIO

NCA

LIBRA

TION

51

154

5115

3

50Ca

librat

e NMS

5 Pros

ervo l

evel

displa

y equ

al to

manu

al dip

leve

l. With

Ope

ration

= Le

vel a

nd N

MS in

balan

ce st

atus u

se

+/- an

d E ke

ys to

adjus

t / se

t the d

ata.

1600

0.0 m

mSe

t0 -

9999

9.9 m

m15

0

0.000

mm/

mSe

t0 -

59.99

9 mm/

m

Set

SET L

EVEL

TANK

COR

RECT

LEV.

51St

art le

vel fo

r tank

roof

comp

ensa

tion b

y lev

el. Th

is co

mpen

satio

n is

used

in ca

se of

tank

roof

distor

tion d

ue to

hydro

static

pres

sure

on ta

nk w

all.

0.0 m

mSe

t0 -

9999

9.9 m

m15

2

TANK

COR

RE. C

OEF.

Linea

r coe

fficien

t for ta

nk ro

of co

mpen

satio

n by l

evel.

SAFE

DEN

SITY

Selec

t the d

esire

d res

ultan

t con

dition

whe

n den

sity p

rofile

me

asure

ment

fails

due t

o disp

lacer

reach

ing th

e low

-limit f

or de

nsity

profi

le op

eratio

n (se

t in G

1V5H

5).

Selec

ting "

ON" w

ill res

ult in

STO

P op

eratio

n. Se

lectin

g "IG

NOR"

wi

ll res

ult in

"LEV

EL" o

perat

ion, d

isplac

er wi

ll retu

rn to

liquid

lev

el.Se

lectin

g "OF

F" w

ill lea

ve th

e disp

lacer

at the

posit

ion w

here

dens

ity pr

ofile

meas

ureme

nt fai

led.

OFF

OFF

ON IGNO

R

DEN.

OPE

. LEV

EL51

Set th

e low

er lim

it for

displa

cer m

ovem

ent d

uring

de

nsity

profi

le op

eratio

n.30

0 mm

Set

0 - 99

999.9

mm

155

SERV

ICE

MODE

PROS

AFET

Y

SAFE

TY LE

VEL

530

530

530

Deac

tivate

Pro

safet

y fun

ction

durin

g main

tenan

ce;

level

value

not v

alid.

Proa

ctive

safet

y fun

ction

outpu

ts ma

ximum

leve

l valu

e dur

ing

spec

ified e

rror c

ondit

ions

Adjus

t max

imum

leve

l outp

ut va

lue, d

epen

ding o

n rec

eiver

sp

ecific

ation

.

OFF

ON 9999

9.0 /

6500

0.0

Set

Set

Set

ON / O

FF

ON / O

FF

0...99

999.0

157

158

159



50

Matrix

grou

pFu

nctio

n grou

pIte

mAc

cess

co

deSh

ort de

scrip

tion

Defau

lt valu

eSe

tSe

lect

Disp

lay

Poss

ible s

etting

s, se

lectio

n, or

displa

yInd

ex N

o, GV

H

CALIB

RATIO

NUP

PER

STOP

Set u

pper

limit o

f disp

lacer

move

ment

durin

g norm

al op

eratio

n.0 -

9999

9.9 m

m16

0

5116

4

51

1600

0 mm

Set

163

500 m

mSe

t0 -

9999

9.9 m

m

162

50 g

Set

Set

ADJU

STME

NT

LOW

ER S

TOP

350 g

Set

0 - 99

9 g

UNDE

R TE

NS. S

ET

SLOW

HOI

ST60

mm

51

10 s

Set

10 - 9

99 se

c.

167

Set lo

wer li

mit o

f disp

lacer

move

ment

durin

g norm

al op

eratio

n.16

1

OVER

TENS

. SET

51Se

t this

value

such

that

if G3V

7H0 M

easu

red W

eight

of dis

place

req

uals

or ex

ceed

s sett

ing at

G1V

6H2,

motor

will

freez

e.Inc

rease

this

param

eter if

nece

ssary

in hi

gh vi

scos

ity liq

uids.

Cauti

on!: M

agne

tic co

uplin

g disc

onne

cts ab

ove 8

00 gr

ams t

ensio

n.

Set th

is va

lue su

ch th

at if G

3V7H

0 Mea

sured

Weig

ht of

displa

cer

equa

ls or

is les

s tha

n sett

ing at

G1V

6H3,

motor

will

freez

e.De

creas

e this

param

eter if

nece

ssary

in hi

gh vi

scos

ity liq

uids.

0 - 99

9 g

Disp

lacer

will e

nter s

low sp

eed h

oist a

ccord

ing to

this

value

, us

eful if

disp

lacer

conta

cts w

ith na

rrow

valve

s.60

- 180

0 mm

DISP

L. RA

IS. R

EP.

Set th

e dist

ance

to ra

ise di

splac

er ab

ove l

iquid

surfa

ce du

ring

repea

tabilit

y tes

t.10

mm

Set

10 - 9

9 mm

165

DISP

L. W

AIT R

EP.

51Se

t the w

aiting

time a

fter d

isplac

er ris

es ab

ove l

iquid

surfa

ce

durin

g rep

eatab

ility t

est.

DISP

L. W

AIT D

IP.

51Us

ed fo

r Wate

r Lev

el co

mman

d. Se

t the w

aiting

time b

etwee

n dis

place

r bala

nce s

tatus

and r

eturn

to Le

vel.

10 s

Set

10 - 9

99 se

c.

166


Varec, Inc. 137

Matrix

grou

pFu

nctio

n grou

pIte

mAc

cess

co

deSh

ort de

scrip

tion

Defau

lt valu

eSe

tSe

lect

Disp

lay

Poss

ible s

etting

s, se

lectio

n, or

displa

yInd

ex N

o, GV

H

DISP

LAY

SELE

CT D

ISP.

MOD

ESe

lect e

ither

"Ulla

ge (O

utage

) Lev

el" or

"Mea

sured

(Inna

ge) L

evel"

. 19

0

51

Selec

t

192

191

Set

Set

Selec

tEN

GLIS

HJA

PANE

SECH

INES

E

LCD

CONT

RAST

ENGL

ISH

51

0 - 15

Set

51ME

ASUR

ED

LEVE

LUL

LAGE

LEVE

LME

ASUR

ED LE

VEL

51

YEAR

SET

TING

Set

51

193

194

51Cu

rrent

day

0 - 31

CALIB

RATIO

N

LANG

UAGE

Selec

t eith

er "E

nglis

h" or

"Jap

anes

e."[C

hines

e is a

lso av

ailab

le by

spec

ial or

der]

Adjus

t LCD

disp

lay m

odule

contr

ast.

Calen

der y

ear.

MONT

H SE

TTIN

GCa

lende

r mon

th.

Curre

nt ye

ar0 -

99

0 - 12

DAY

SETT

ING

Calen

der d

ay.

195

Curre

nt mo

nth

HOUR

SET

TING

MINU

TE S

ETTIN

G

51 51

Hour.

Minu

te. C

lock s

tarts

from

0 s w

hen m

inuite

is se

t.

Curre

nt ho

ur

Curre

nt mi

nute

Set

Set

0 - 23

0 - 59

196

197

SELE

CT D

ECIM

AL51

Selec

tion o

f dec

imal

point

indic

ation

by do

t or c

omma

.

LCD

CHEC

K51

Whe

n set

= ON,

disp

lay be

come

s dark

as al

l pixe

ls dis

play f

or 3 s

econ

ds if

norm

al.

Whe

n set

= OFF

disp

lay be

come

blan

k for

3 sec

onds

if no

rmal.

[ . ]

Selec

t

Selec

t

[ . ] ,

[ , ]

198

OFF

OFF

ON19

9



Matrix

grou

pFu

nctio

n grou

pIte

mAc

cess

co

deSh

ort de

scrip

tion

Defau

lt valu

eSe

tSe

lect

Disp

lay

Poss

ible s

etting

s, se

lectio

n, or

displa

yInd

ex N

o, GV

H

CONT

ACT O

UTPU

TSE

LECT

. REL

AYUs

e +/- a

nd E

keys

to se

lect to

activ

ate C

ontac

t Outp

ut Re

lays

1 to 4

.24

0Se

lect

242

241

Selec

tLE

VEL,

LIQUI

D TE

MP,

CAUT

ION,

WAR

NING

,EM

ERGE

NCY

ERRO

R

RELA

Y FU

NCTIO

N

NONE

51

HIGH

LOW

501

Max 4

51

Set

5124

3

50

DEVI

CE D

ATA

ASSI

GN R

ELAY

Selec

t outp

ut de

finitio

n from

rang

e of c

hoice

s; No

ne, L

evel,

Liquid

Temp

, Cau

tion,

Warn

ing, E

merge

ncy E

rror, B

alanc

e Sign

al.

Selec

t High

or Lo

w fun

ction

, ava

ilable

only

when

G2V

4H1 =

"Lev

el"or

"Liqu

id Te

mp."

SWITC

HING

POI

NT

HYST

ERIS

ISSe

t hys

terisi

s valu

e for

selec

ted re

lay, a

vaila

ble on

ly wh

en G

2V4H

1= "L

evel"

or "L

iquid

Temp

." 24

4

0 mm

RELA

Y ON

ALA

RM50

Selec

t from

Norm

al Op

en or

Norm

al clo

se, a

vaila

ble on

lywh

en G

2V4H

1= "L

evel"

or "L

iquid

Temp

." NO

RMAL

OP

ENED

Set

50 50

Set

Selec

t

HIGH

Selec

t

Set le

vel a

t whic

h rela

y is a

ctiva

ted, a

vaila

ble on

ly wh

en G

2V4H

1= "L

evel"

or "L

iquid

Temp

."Ma

x. 99

999 m

m

ON D

ELAY

TIME

Set d

elay t

ime f

or ala

rm ou

tput s

tart, a

vaila

ble on

ly wh

en G

2V4H

1= "L

evel"

or "L

iquid

Temp

."

OFF D

ELAY

TIME

Set d

elay t

ime f

or ala

rm sp

ot, av

ailab

le on

ly wh

en G

2V4H

1= "L

evel"

or "L

iquid

Temp

."

0 mm

NORM

AL O

PEN

NORM

AL C

LOSE

Max.

9999

mm

Selec

t24

5

0 sMa

x. 99

9 s24

6

0 sMa

x. 99

9 s24

7


Varec, Inc. 139

Matrix

grou

pFu

nctio

n grou

pIte

mAc

cess

co

deSh

ort de

scrip

tion

Defau

lt valu

eSe

tSe

lect

Disp

lay

Poss

ible s

etting

s, se

lectio

n, or

displa

yInd

ex N

o, GV

H

ANAL

OG O

UT. A

DJUS

TAS

SIGN

OUT

PUT 1

250

Selec

t

252

251

Set

ADJU

ST 20

mA

0 mm

5151 51 5125

3

51

DEVI

CE D

ATA

ADJU

ST 4m

A

ASSI

GN O

UTPU

T 2

ADJU

ST 4m

A25

4

NONE

ADJU

ST 20

mA51

Set

51Se

lect

Set

DEVI

CE A

T ALA

RM

255

OFF

256

Assig

n ana

log ou

tput fo

r cha

nnel

1.

Set le

vel o

r temp

eratur

e valu

e for

4 mA

outpu

t on c

hann

el 1.

Avail

able

only

when

G2V

5H0 =

"Lev

el" or

"Liqu

id Te

mp"

Set le

vel o

r temp

eratur

e valu

e for

20 m

A ou

tput o

n cha

nnel

1.Av

ailab

le on

ly wh

en G

2V5H

0 = "L

evel"

or "L

iquid

Temp

"

Assig

n ana

log ou

tput fo

r cha

nnel

2.

Set le

vel o

r temp

eratur

e valu

e for

4 mA

outpu

t on c

hann

el 2.

Avail

able

only

when

G2V

5H3 =

"Lev

el" or

"Liqu

id Te

mp"

Set le

vel o

r temp

eratur

e valu

e for

20 m

A ou

tput o

n cha

nnel

2.Av

ailab

le on

ly wh

en G

2V5H

3 = "L

evel"

or "L

iquid

Temp

"

Selec

t type

of ou

tput fo

r alar

m. S

elect

from

OFF,

HOLD

curre

nt ou

tput, M

axim

um va

lue or

Mini

mum

value

LEVE

LLIQ

UID

TEMP

.

FOR

LIQUI

D TE

MP. 0

.0

FOR

LIQUI

D TE

MP. 0

.0

LEVE

LLIQ

UID

TEMP

.FO

R LIQ

UID

TEMP

. 0.0

FOR

LIQUI

D TE

MP. 0

.0

HOLD

CUR

NT. O

UTMA

XMI

N

Set

Selec

t

NONE

/0°C

0 mm

/0°C

0 mm

/0°C

0 mm

/0°C



Matrix

grou

pFu

nctio

n grou

pIte

mAc

cess

co

deSh

ort de

scrip

tion

Defau

lt valu

eSe

tSe

lect

Disp

lay

Poss

ible s

etting

s, se

lectio

n, or

displa

yInd

ex N

o, GV

H

PART

S DA

TAPA

RTS

NUMB

ER26

0Se

lect

262

261

NONE

, LEV

EL, L

IQUI

D TE

MP,C

UTIO

N, W

ARNI

NG,

EMEA

RGEN

CY E

RROR

MAIN

TEN.

FACT

OR

NONE

51

OPER

ATIO

N HO

URDR

UM R

EVILT

.

511

Max.

10

51 5126

3

51

DEVI

CE D

ATA

PART

S TY

PE

MAIN

TEN.

VAL

UE

OPER

ATIO

N TIM

E26

4

1 hou

r or

0 Rou

nd

(Part

s Ove

rused

Data

)51

Disp

lay/

set

51 51

Selec

t

OPER

ATIO

NHO

URSe

lect

9999

99 ho

ur

REPL

ACED

PAR

TS

(Part

s Rep

laced

Data

)

0 hou

r or

0 Rou

nd

265

NONE

266

267

Set n

umbe

r for c

ontro

l-targe

t part

s (ins

ide P

roserv

o) to

monit

or.

Selec

t type

of pa

rt to m

onito

r.

Selec

t meth

od of

mon

itorin

g part

, eith

er Op

eratio

n Hou

rs or

Drum

Rev

olutio

ns.

Set th

e targ

et ma

inten

ance

(hou

rs or

revolu

tions

) valu

e for

selec

ted pa

rtsDi

splay

s the

accu

mulat

ed op

eratio

n tim

e or r

evolu

tions

for

selec

ted pa

rt. No

te : R

eset

this v

alue t

o 0 af

ter pa

rts re

place

ment.

POW

ER U

NIT

Disp

lays d

ate w

hen p

arts r

each

ed te

rget v

alue s

et in

G2V6

H3.

Data

forma

t : yy

mm

dd hh

mm.

Selec

t part

that

has b

een r

eplac

ed

Disp

lays d

ate w

hen p

arts w

ere re

place

d.Da

ta for

mat :

yy m

m dd

hh m

m.NO

NE

Selec

t

Set

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

9999

99 ho

ur


Varec, Inc. 141

Matrix

grou

pFu

nctio

n grou

pIte

mAc

cess

co

deSh

ort de

scrip

tion

Defau

lt valu

eSe

tSe

lect

Disp

lay

Poss

ible s

etting

s, se

lectio

n, or

displa

yInd

ex N

o, GV

H

INPU

T SIG

NAL

OPE.

CON

TACT

270

Selec

t

272

271

NEW

NMS

STA

TUS

51

Disp

lays s

oftwa

re ve

rsion

of N

MS 53

x Pros

ervo.

51 51 5127

5

51

DEVI

CE D

ATA

SW V

ERSI

ON

HW V

ERSI

ON27

6

DISA

BLED

OPE.

DEN

SITY

51

Disp

aly

51

OFF

Disp

lay

OPE.

CON

T. ST

ATUS

4.xx

278

027

9

Disp

lacer

opera

tion b

y con

tact in

put. A

vaila

ble if

Conta

ct Inp

ut (I/O

3 ca

rd) fu

nctio

n is i

nstal

led. D

isplay

show

s eith

er "N

ONE"

or "A

ctiva

ted"

Disp

lays h

ardwa

re ve

rsion

of N

MS 53

x Pros

ervo.

"2.00

" = TC

B-2,

"4.00

" = TC

B - 4

, "6.0

0 = TC

B - 6

"

1.00g

/mL

Disp

lays l

iquid

dens

ity se

tting u

sed f

or co

mputi

ng bu

oyan

cy fro

ma g

iven b

alanc

e volu

me in

custo

dy tra

nsfer

mod

e.

Disp

lays t

he te

rmina

l num

bers

in us

e (bi

nary

conv

erted

to de

cimal)

CUST

ODY

TRAN

SFER

Disp

lacer

indica

tes w

hethe

r Cus

tody T

ransfe

r soft

ware

is ins

talled

and a

ctiva

ted or

not (O

FF or

ON)

. Sw

itche

s NMS

Stat

us co

des b

etwee

n old

and n

ew ve

rsion

, ne

w ve

rsion

inclu

des n

ew op

eratio

ns an

d stat

uses

.No

te : F

or Ra

ckbu

s com

munic

ation

, it is

nece

ssary

to de

fine

"Ope

rating

Stat

us"a

s On o

r OFF

.

NONE

-

Disp

aly

Set

Set

NONE

ACTIV

ATED

OFF,

ON

DISA

BLED

ENAB

LED

0 - 3.

000

2 - 25

6

Selec

t



Matrix

grou

pFu

nctio

n grou

pIte

mAc

cess

co

deSh

ort de

scrip

tion

Defau

lt valu

eSe

tSe

lect

Disp

lay

Poss

ible s

etting

s, se

lectio

n, or

displa

yInd

ex N

o, GV

H

COMM

UNIC

ATIO

NLE

VEL A

LARM

128

0Se

lect

282

281

5151 51

DEVI

CE D

ATA

SET L

EVEL

ALA

RM 2

284

HIGH

HYST

ERES

IS

51

0.0 m

m

286

287

SET L

EVEL

ALA

RM 1

HIGH

Set

HIGH

LOW

NONE

Max.

9999

9.9 m

mHI

GHLO

WNO

NE

0 - FF

for M

IC.->

FF Fi

xed

1 - 24

7 Mod

bus

LEVE

L ALA

RM 2

515151

WM5

50, M

/S

0

Selec

t

Set

Selec

t

283

288

289

Set

Max.

9999

9.9 m

m

BBB,

MDP

, V1/E

NRAF

,RA

CK B

US, H

ART,

MarkS

pace

,W

M550

, MOD

BUS

0 - F

0 - 14

285

Set

ADDR

ESS

PROT

OCOL

COMM

U. LI

NE A

DJ51 51

0.0 m

m

0.0 m

m

0

COMM

UNIC

. STA

TUS

MODB

US C

onfig

Selec

t Upp

er or

Lowe

r limi

t on i

nnag

e lev

el rel

ative

to

settin

g of A

larm

1 for

bi-dir

ectio

nal 2

-wire

comm

unica

tions

.

Set a

larm

outpu

t leve

l for A

larm

1.

Selec

t Upp

er or

Lowe

r limi

t on i

nnag

e lev

el rel

ative

to

settin

g of A

larm

2 for

bi-dir

ectio

nal 2

-wire

comm

unica

tions

.

Set a

larm

outpu

t leve

l for A

larm

2.

Set h

yster

esis

for A

larm

1 and

2.

Set a

ddres

s. Ra

nge i

s 0-9,

00-F

F (FF

is fix

ed fo

r MIC

pro

tocol

or 1-2

47 M

odbu

s) for

remo

te/mu

lti-dro

p com

munic

ation

s.

Selec

t com

munic

ation

s prot

ocol

for re

mote/

multi-

drop

comm

unica

tions

.

Adjus

t line

resis

tance

for s

erial

pulse

V1 c

ommu

nicati

ons.

Disp

lays c

urren

t com

munic

ation

statu

s with

Hos

t. (S

ee 60

05 S

tatus

Cod

e)

Set c

onfig

uratio

n of M

odbu

s com

munic

ation

.

Modb

us pa

ramete

rs for

G2V

8H9

0: 12

00 bp

s

/Eve

n3:

2400

bps

/E

ven

6: 48

00 bp

s

/Eve

n9:

9600

bps

/E

ven

12: 1

9200

bps

/

Even

1: 12

00 bp

s

/Odd

2: 12

00 bp

s

/Non

e

4: 24

00 bp

s

/Odd

5: 24

00 bp

s

/Non

e

7: 48

00 bp

s

/Odd

8: 48

00 bp

s

/Non

e

10: 9

600 b

ps

/Odd

11: 9

600 b

ps

/Non

e

13: 1

9200

bps

/

Odd

14: 1

9200

bps

/

None

F 0

Disp

lay

Set

Set

Max.

9999

9.9 m

m


Varec, Inc. 143

Matrix

grou

pFu

nctio

n grou

pIte

mAc

cess

co

deSh

ort de

scrip

tion

Defau

lt valu

eSe

tSe

lect

Disp

lay

Poss

ible s

etting

s, se

lectio

n, or

displa

yInd

ex N

o, GV

H

STAT

USST

ATUS

1 DE

LAY

290

Set

292

291

5151 51

DEVI

CE D

ATA

WM5

50 B

SW S

ELEC

T

WM5

50 D

ENS.

SEL

.

293

WM5

50 S

W_ID

_20x

x51

BALA

NCE

DELA

Y29

9

SELE

CT C

ONTA

CTSe

lect

0 s - 9

9 s

0 s - 9

9 s

WM5

50 A

LM. S

ELEC

T

5151

1: bit

0 Ala

rm N

o.1 (

High

-high

)

51

294

Set

Set d

elay t

ime b

etwee

n acti

vatio

n of S

tatus

1 ON

inpu

t sign

al an

d St

atus 1

outpu

t sign

al.

Selec

t norm

al rel

ay co

nditio

n for

Statu

s1: N

ormal

Open

or

Norm

al Cl

osed

.

Set th

e Alar

m Bit

for W

M550

comm

unica

tion.

(Ava

ilable

only

with

WM5

50 sp

ecific

ation

)2:

bit 1

Alarm

No.2

(Hi

gh)

3: bit

2 Ala

rm N

o.3 (

Low)

4: bit

3 Ala

rm N

o.4 (

Low-

low)

Selec

t sou

rce of

BSW

leve

l data

for W

M550

comm

unica

tion.

"0" =

Upp

er I/F

Leve

l, "1"

= (N

MT53

9)Wate

r Bott

om le

vel.

(Ava

iable

only

WM5

50 sp

ecific

ation

)

Selec

t sou

rce of

data

trans

mit in

resp

onse

to ta

sk 17

, Su

b-tas

k 11 q

uery.

(Ava

ilable

only

with

WM5

50 sp

ecific

ation

)Pa

ramete

r0:

uppe

r Den

sity

1: Pr

ofile

Ave.

Dens

.2:

IF Pr

of. A

ve. D

ens.

Dens

ity da

ta so

urce

G0V0

H5 U

pper

Dens

ity G

8V5H

4 Ave

rage D

ensit

yG9

V5H4

Ave

rage D

ensit

y

Temp

. data

sourc

eG0

V1H0

Liqu

id Te

mp.

G8V5

H5 A

verag

e Tem

p.G9

V5H5

Ave

rage T

emp.

Set th

e las

t 2 di

gits (

xx) o

f the W

M550

sens

or ad

dress

(20x

x).(A

vaila

ble on

ly wi

th W

M550

spec

ificati

on)

Sets

time b

etwee

n disp

lacer

balan

ce an

d Bala

nce S

ignal

outpu

t.

0 s NONE

1 0 0 37 0 s

NONE

NORM

AL O

PENE

DNO

RMAL

CLO

SED

(ALA

RM =

OPEN

)(A

LARM

= CL

OSED

)

1 - 3

0 - 1

0 - 2

0 - 99

295

Selec

t

Selec

t

Selec

t

Set



Matrix

grou

pFu

nctio

n grou

pIte

mAc

cess

co

deSh

ort de

scrip

tion

Defau

lt valu

eSe

tSe

lect

Disp

lay

Poss

ible s

etting

s, se

lectio

n, or

displa

yInd

ex N

o, GV

H

MEAS

. WIR

E &

DRUM

WIR

E DR

UM C

IRC.

340 342

341

5151 51

SERV

ICE

DISP

LACE

R VO

LUME

VOLU

ME TO

LERA

NCE

344

WIR

E W

EIGH

TSe

t

DISP

LACE

R W

EIGH

T

515151Se

t34

3

Set Set

Set

DELA

Y

DRUM

COR

RECT

ION

DISP

L. HU

NT. C

OUNT

51

20 x

100 m

S

Set

Set

0 - 99

9.9

0 - 99

9.9

0 - 99

9.9

0 - 99

9.9

0 - 99

.9

0 - 99

9.9

Circu

mfere

nce o

f wire

drum

is m

easu

red at

facto

ry an

d ins

cribe

don

the w

ire dr

um. U

sed b

y CPU

to ca

lculat

e Mea

sured

Leve

l

Weig

ht of

meas

uring

wire

per 1

0 mete

rs. U

sed b

y CPU

to

deter

mine

balan

ce w

eight.

Stan

dard

meas

uring

wire

is

1.40 g

/10 m

. PFA

wire

is 4.

55 g/

10 m

. Has

telloy

C w

ire is

2.8 g/

10 m

Weig

ht of

displa

cer is

mea

sured

at fa

ctory

and i

nscri

bed o

n the

wire

drum

. Use

d by C

PU to

calcu

late M

easu

red an

d Inte

rface

Leve

ls an

d den

sities

.To

tal vo

lume o

f disp

lacer

is me

asure

d at fa

ctory

and i

nscri

bed o

n the

wire

drum

. Use

d by C

PU to

calcu

late I

nterfa

ce Le

vels

and

Dens

ities.

BALA

NCE

VOLU

ME51

Balan

ce vo

lume o

f disp

lacer

is me

asure

d at fa

ctory

and i

nscri

bed

on th

e wire

drum

, app

roxim

ately

one-h

alf of

Disp

lacer

Volum

e (G3

V4H3

). Use

d by C

PU to

calcu

late M

easu

red an

d Int

erfac

e Lev

els.

Disp

lacer

immu

nity t

o vari

ation

in liq

uid su

rface

leve

l duri

ng

Balan

ce co

nditio

n. Ba

sed o

n den

sity =

1.0,

settin

g for

stand

ard50

mm

displa

cer is

1.0 m

L (1 g

). Inc

rease

to co

unter

turbu

lence

and w

aves

. Lev

el ac

curac

y vari

es in

verse

ly as

Volu

me To

leran

ce.

Interv

al un

til dis

place

r res

pond

s to c

hang

e in l

iquid

level.

Incre

ase

to co

unter

small

Used

only

for S

W V

2.xx

51De

fines

the n

umbe

r of ti

mes d

isplac

er se

rches

for b

alanc

e co

nditio

n.To b

alanc

e on s

olid s

urfac

e set

= non

-zero

(e.g.

1)

300.0

0 mm

1.40 g

/10 m

255.0

g

145.0

mL

60 m

L

1.0 m

L

0.00 m

m/m

0 cou

nt

Set

Set

0 - 99

x 10

0mS

0 - 99

0 - 99

.00

345

347

348

349


Varec, Inc. 145

Matrix

grou

pFu

nctio

n grou

pIte

mAc

cess

co

deSh

ort de

scrip

tion

Defau

lt valu

eSe

tSe

lect

Disp

lay

Poss

ible s

etting

s, se

lectio

n, or

displa

yInd

ex N

o, GV

H

SYST

EM D

ATA

SENS

OR D

ATA

360

361

51 51

SERV

ICE

CONN

ECTIO

N NR

FSe

lect

CONN

ECTIO

N NM

T

IF_LE

VEL_

SELE

CT

SOFT

RES

ET

51

Disp

lay

Selec

t

Disp

lays 6

005 S

TG sp

ecific

ation

s: so

ftware

and h

ardwa

reve

rsion

s, rem

ote co

mmun

icatio

n (ON

/OFF

), driv

e gea

r rati

o.

51

LOCA

L:MA

STER

OFF

OFF

Set

368

369

OFF

OFF,

SPOT

TEMP

.AV

ARAG

E TE

MP.

Selec

ts sw

itch f

or co

mmun

icaton

to 45

60 S

GM P

romon

itor.

For 4

560 S

GM S

W v1

.81 an

d befo

re, se

lect C

ontac

t 1. F

or 45

60 S

GMSW

v1.82

and l

ater, s

elect

Conta

ct 2.

Selec

t swi

tch fo

r com

munic

ation

to 45

3x A

TS.

Selec

t Ave

rage o

r Spo

t.Se

lect fr

ee sc

annin

g data

sourc

e for

water

leve

l (WM

550 o

nly).

Param

eter

UP_IF

_LEV

EL

WAT

ER

BOTT

OM

WAT

ER

BOTT

OM 2

Free

scan

data

sourc

eNM

S ST

G: U

pper

Interf

ace L

evel

or W

ater D

ipOp

eratio

nNM

T539

WB:

Wate

r Bott

om le

vel d

ata is

take

n for

HART

Free

Scan

. If U

pper

interf

ace c

omma

nd is

rece

ived

from

host

via S

akura

V1 c

ommu

nicati

on, W

ater B

ottom

lev

el is

return

ed. O

ther o

perat

ions r

eturn

data

base

d on

the S

ervo T

ank G

auge

settin

gs (U

pper

Interf

ace o

r Wate

r Dip

opera

tion).

Wate

r Bott

om da

ta is

taken

via i

nterru

pt-sc

anin

HART

comm

unica

tion.

NMT5

39 W

B: W

ater B

ottom

leve

l data

is ta

ken f

orHA

RT Fr

eeSc

an. U

pper

interf

ace c

omma

nd re

turns

data

base

d on t

he S

ervo T

ank G

auge

settin

gs (U

pper

Interf

ace o

r W

ater D

ip op

eratio

n). W

ater B

ottom

data

is tak

en vi

a int

errup

t-sca

n in H

ART c

ommu

nicati

on.

Resta

rts 60

05 S

TG so

ftware

.

REMO

TED

COM.

ON

SOFT

WAR

E = x

xxHA

RDW

ARE

= TCB

0xGE

AR 1:

36NO

T OVE

RSPI

LL

OFF

CONT

ACT 1

CONT

ACT 2

UP_L

EVEL

_SEL

ECT

UP_IF

_LEV

ELW

ATER

BOT

TOM

WAT

ER B

OTTO

M 2

362

Selec

t

GAUG

E DA

TA35

251

SERV

ICE

HI. A

CCUR

ACY

MODE

HI.A

CC.D

ISP.

UP35

5

GAUG

E TE

MP.

51

NON

HYST

ER. M

ODE

5151

999 °

C

Selec

t35

3

Set

Selec

t

0 - 60

0HI

. ACC

R. O

PE TI

ME51

Dista

nce d

isplac

er rai

sed i

n High

Acc

uracy

Mod

e ope

ration

.

OFF

OFF

0 s 50 m

m

Non-H

yster

isis O

perat

ion m

ode.

Whe

n turn

ed O

N dis

place

r is

raise

d ppro

x. 2m

m an

d the

n see

ks B

alanc

e con

dition

again

.

Whe

n disp

lacer

reach

es Te

mpora

ry Ba

lance

cond

ition,

it is r

aised

(G

3V5H

5) mi

llimete

rs, w

eighe

d, an

d the

n see

ks B

alanc

eco

nditio

n aga

in.

Interv

al of

Temp

orary

Balan

ce co

nditio

n unti

l disp

lacer

is rai

sed

and w

eighe

d.

Disp

lays t

empe

rature

insid

e elec

tronic

s hou

sing o

f 600

5 STG

.

Set

OFF

ON OFF

ON 0 - 30

0

356

354

Disp

lay

ACTU

AL LE

VEL

ENCO

DER

COUN

T

530

530

Leve

l from

Refe

renc

e Pos

ition t

o disp

lacer.

Enco

der p

ulse c

ount.

0 0

Disp

lay

Disp

lay35

1

350



Matrix

grou

pFu

nctio

n grou

pIte

mAc

cess

co

deSh

ort de

scrip

tion

Defau

lt valu

eSe

tSe

lect

Disp

lay

Poss

ible s

etting

s, se

lectio

n, or

displa

yInd

ex N

o, GV

H

SERV

ICE

MEAS

URED

WEI

GHT

370

372

371

51 51

SERV

ICE

WEI

GHT C

ALIB

R.

RELE

. OVE

R TE

NS

DRUM

SET

TING

5137

3

Disp

layDi

splay

s ten

sion o

n mea

surin

g wire

as ca

lculat

ed by

CPU

modu

le.0.0

g

Selec

tRe

lease

disp

lacer

overt

ensio

n con

dition

.No

te : F

irst, s

et G0

V2H0

. Ope

ration

= ST

OP.

Align

s wire

drum

with

inter

nal d

etecto

r unit

. Whe

n disp

lacer

is sh

ipped

sepa

rately

, and

wire

drum

is re

move

d to i

nstal

l disp

lacer,

se

t this

functi

on pr

ior to

mak

ing ne

w W

eight

Calib

ration

. No

t requ

ired f

or All

-in-O

ne sh

ipmen

ts of

6005

STG

.Ini

tiates

Weig

ht Ta

ble re

calib

ration

proc

edure

. Ove

rwrite

s exis

ting

weigh

t table

with

new

weigh

t table

. Ca

ution

!: Onc

e rec

alibra

tion p

roced

ure be

gins i

t mus

t be

comp

leted

; i.e.

it can

not b

e stop

ped o

r rev

ersed

.

OFF

ON OFF

ON

Selec

t

Selec

t

OFF

OFF

OFF

0.0 - 9

99 g

OFF

ON

SERV

ICE

VALU

ESE

NSOR

VAL

UE38

051

Disp

lays t

he A

/D va

lues f

rom th

e enc

oder.

Sa 2

1000

:A

210

00Sb

110

00:

B

1100

0

WT.

COUN

T CAL

A

395

WT.

COUN

T CAL

. B51

394

51Di

splay

s A/D

and d

isplac

er we

ight c

orrec

tion v

alues

for S

enso

r AUs

e the

+ an

d - ke

y to s

croll t

hroug

h 50 p

oints.

Disp

lays A

/D an

d disp

lacer

weigh

t corr

ectio

n valu

es fo

r Sen

sor B

Use t

he +

and -

key t

o scro

ll thro

ugh 5

0 poin

ts.

0

0

0.0 g

0

0

0..0 g

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

SERV

ICE

DATA

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

DISP

L. RE

FERE

NCE

ZERO

ADJ

. WEI

GHT

51 51

Leng

th for

the s

tartin

g pos

ition o

f weig

ht ca

librat

ion.

The d

isplac

er wi

ll stop

at th

is po

sition

with

out re

gard

to the

high

sto

p lev

el wh

en it

is ho

isted

, if th

e high

stop

leve

l is se

t high

er tha

nthi

s poin

t.Lo

w we

ight fo

r weig

ht ca

librat

ion.

70 m

mSe

t10

...999

mm

378

0.0 g

Set

0.0...9

99.9

g37

9

Disp

lay


Varec, Inc. 147

Matrix

grou

pFu

nctio

n grou

pIte

mAc

cess

co

deSh

ort de

scrip

tion

Defau

lt valu

eSe

tSe

lect

Disp

lay

Poss

ible s

etting

s, se

lectio

n, or

displa

yInd

ex N

o, GV

H

TEMP

ERAT

URE

DATA

LIQUD

TEMP

.44

0 443

442

5151 51

TEMP

ERAT

URE

WAT

ER B

OTTO

M

447

GAS

TEMP

ERAT

URE

51RE

FERE

NCE

150

Disp

lays c

urren

t ava

rage l

iquid

tempe

rature

.

DIAG

NOST

IC51

449

Disp

lays c

urren

t ave

rage g

as te

mpera

ture.

444

51

MEAS

URED

LEVE

L

LEV.

DAT

A SE

LECT

Disp

lays M

easu

red Le

vel d

ata re

ceive

d from

6005

STG

,de

pend

ing on

selec

tion a

t G4V

4H3 L

evel

Data

Selec

t.

Disp

lays w

ater le

vel d

ata fro

m the

NMT

539 W

ater B

ottom

. G3

V6H8

mus

t be s

et to

eithe

r "W

ATER

BOT

TOM"

or

"WAT

ER B

OTTO

M2".

xx °C

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Selec

t

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Selec

t leve

l data

to re

ceive

from

6005

STG

, use

d for

avera

ging c

alcula

tions

. Sele

ct "V

H00"

to re

ceive

Mea

sured

Leve

l (ac

tual d

isplac

er po

sition

). Se

lect "

VH08

" to r

eceiv

e Lev

el Da

ta (la

st rec

orded

leve

l pos

ition).

51

Disp

lays r

eferen

ce re

sistan

ce on

circu

it boa

rd co

rresp

ondin

g to

0°C.

Disp

lays r

eferen

ce re

sistan

ce on

circu

it boa

rd co

rresp

ondin

g to

150°

C.

zz °C

aaaa

.a mm

VH00

0.0 m

m

0.0 °C

150.0

°C

Depe

nding

on a

spec

ificati

onan

d mea

sured

value

.De

pend

ing on

a sp

ecific

ation

and m

easu

red va

lue.

Depe

nding

on a

spec

ificati

onan

d mea

sured

value

.VH

00 or

VH0

8

Depe

nding

on a

spec

ificati

onan

d mea

sured

value

.

Depe

nding

on a

spec

ificati

onan

d mea

sured

value

.De

pend

ing on

a sp

ecific

ation

and m

easu

red va

lue.

441



Matrix

grou

pFu

nctio

n grou

pIte

mAc

cess

co

deSh

ort de

scrip

tion

Defau

lt valu

eSe

tSe

lect

Disp

lay

Poss

ible s

etting

s, se

lectio

n, or

displa

yInd

ex N

o, GV

H

ELEM

ENT T

EMP.

TEMP

. NO.

145

0

453

452

5151 51

TEMP

ERAT

URE

TEMP

. NO.

2

51

Disp

lays t

empe

rature

of el

emen

t 1 (lo

west

eleme

nt).

5151

aa.a

°CDi

splay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

51

451

TEMP

. NO.

3

TEMP

. NO.

4

TEMP

. NO.

5

TEMP

. NO.

6

TEMP

. NO.

7

TEMP

. NO.

8

TEMP

. NO.

9

TEMP

. NO.

10

Disp

lays t

empe

rature

of el

emen

t 2.

Disp

lays t

empe

rature

of el

emen

t 3.

Disp

lays t

empe

rature

of el

emen

t 4.

Disp

lays t

empe

rature

of el

emen

t 5.

Disp

lays t

empe

rature

of el

emen

t 6.

Disp

lays t

empe

rature

of el

emen

t 7.

Disp

lays t

empe

rature

of el

emen

t 8.

Disp

lays t

empe

rature

of el

emen

t 9.

Disp

lays t

empe

rature

of el

emen

t 10.

bb.b

°C

cc.c

°C

dd.d°

C

ee.e

°C

ff.f °C

gg.g

°C

hh.h

°C

ii.i °C

jj.j °C

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

51 51 51

454

455

456

457

458

459

Depe

nding

on a

spec

ificati

on an

d me

asure

d valu

e.

-49.9

... 24

9.9 °C

-49.9

... 24

9.9 °C

-49.9

... 24

9.9 °C

-49.9

... 24

9.9 °C

-49.9

... 24

9.9 °C

-49.9

... 24

9.9 °C

-49.9

... 24

9.9 °C

-49.9

... 24

9.9 °C

-49.9

... 24

9.9 °C

-49.9

... 24

9.9 °C


Varec, Inc. 149

Matrix

grou

pFu

nctio

n grou

pIte

mAc

cess

co

deSh

ort de

scrip

tion

Defau

lt valu

eSe

tSe

lect

Disp

lay

Poss

ible s

etting

s, se

lectio

n, or

displa

yInd

ex N

o, GV

H

ELEM

.1 PO

SITIO

N46

0

463

462

5151 51

TEMP

ERAT

URE

51

Disp

lays p

ositio

n of e

lemen

t 1,

also c

alled

"Bott

om (lo

west)

Elem

ent.

5151

xxx.x

mm

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

51

461

Disp

lays t

empe

rature

of el

emen

t 2.

Disp

lays t

empe

rature

of el

emen

t 3.

Disp

lays t

empe

rature

of el

emen

t 4.

Disp

lays t

empe

rature

of el

emen

t 5.

Disp

lays t

empe

rature

of el

emen

t 6.

Disp

lays t

empe

rature

of el

emen

t 7.

Disp

lays t

empe

rature

of el

emen

t 8.

Disp

lays t

empe

rature

of el

emen

t 9.

Disp

lays t

empe

rature

of el

emen

t 10.

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

51 51 51

464

465

466

467

468

469

Depe

nding

on a

spec

ificati

on.

0 ... 9

9999

mm

ELEM

ENT P

OSITI

ON

ELEM

.2 PO

SITIO

N

ELEM

.3 PO

SITIO

N

ELEM

.4 PO

SITIO

N

ELEM

.5 PO

SITIO

N

ELEM

.6 PO

SITIO

N

ELEM

.7 PO

SITIO

N

ELEM

.8 PO

SITIO

N

ELEM

.9 PO

SITIO

N

ELEM

.10 P

OSITI

ON

xxx.x

mm

xxx.x

mm

xxx.x

mm

xxx.x

mm

xxx.x

mm

xxx.x

mm

xxx.x

mm

xxx.x

mm

xxx.x

mm

0 ... 9

9999

mm

0 ... 9

9999

mm

0 ... 9

9999

mm

0 ... 9

9999

mm

0 ... 9

9999

mm

0 ... 9

9999

mm

0 ... 9

9999

mm

0 ... 9

9999

mm

0 ... 9

9999

mm



Matrix

grou

pFu

nctio

n grou

pIte

mAc

cess

co

deSh

ort de

scrip

tion

Defau

lt valu

eSe

tSe

lect

Disp

lay

Poss

ible s

etting

s, se

lectio

n, or

displa

yInd

ex N

o, GV

H

NMT A

DJUS

TMEN

TSE

LECT

. POI

NT47

0

473

472

5151 51

TEMP

ERAT

URE

Selec

t elem

ent n

umbe

r for z

ero ad

justm

ent p

roced

ure.

Selec

tion b

egins

at 0,

whic

h is e

lemen

t 1. S

elect

1 for

eleme

nt 2,

etc. A

lso us

ed to

selec

t elem

ents

11-16

(inpu

t 10-1

5)

5151

Selec

t

Set

Set

Set

Set

51

471

Set g

ain ad

justm

ent v

alue f

or tem

perat

ure m

easu

rmen

t.Ca

ution

!: This

settin

g is m

ode a

t facto

ry be

fore s

hippin

g and

sh

ould

not b

e adju

sted i

n fiel

d.

Disp

lays t

empe

rature

for e

lemen

t num

ber 1

1-15

(16 el

emen

t NMT

mod

ules o

nly)

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

51

474

478

479

0

ZERO

ADJ

UST

GAIN

ADJ

UST

ELEM

ENT T

EMP

ELEM

ENT P

OSITI

ON

AVER

AGIN

G

ACCE

SS C

ODE

Set s

ampli

ng co

effifie

nt for

avera

ging d

ata. In

creas

e to c

ounte

r no

ise fa

ctor.

Disp

lays c

urren

t Acc

ess c

ode.

0.0 °C

1.000

xx.x

°C

xxx.x

mm

2

Set z

ero ad

justm

ent v

alue f

or ele

ment

selec

ted at

G4V

7H1.

Disp

lays t

empe

rature

for e

lemen

t num

ber 1

1-15

(16 el

emen

t NMT

mod

ules o

nly) w

hen s

electe

d at G

4V7H

0 Se

lect P

oint.

0-15 S

electa

ble

0(elem

ent N

o.1)

10(el

emen

t No.1

1)

-20.0

...20.0

°C

-49.9

...249

.9°C

0 ...9

9999

mm

1 ...1

0


Varec, Inc. 151

Matrix

grou

pFu

nctio

n grou

pIte

mAc

cess

co

deSh

ort de

scrip

tion

Defau

lt valu

eSe

tSe

lect

Disp

lay

Poss

ible s

etting

s, se

lectio

n, or

displa

yInd

ex N

o, GV

H

SET D

ATA

NMT

DIAG

NOST

IC48

0

485

484

5151 51

TEMP

ERAT

URE

Disp

lays c

urren

t NMT

diag

nosti

c cod

e.

5151

EQUA

L

Disp

lay

Set

Disp

lay

Set

51

481

Disp

lay of

prea

mbles

for H

ART p

rotoc

ol.

Selec

t

Set

5148

6

487

488

0

TEMP

ERAT

URE

UNIT

TOTA

L NO.

ELE

MENT

PREA

MBLE

NUM

BER

LENG

TH U

NIT

KIND

OF I

NTER

VAL

BOTT

OM P

OINT

Selec

t type

inter

val b

etwee

n tem

perat

ure el

emen

ts. If

Uneq

ual

is se

lected

, mus

t set

eleme

nt po

isitio

ns at

G4V

6 H0 t

o 9, G

4V7H

4.

Set s

pacin

g betw

een e

lemen

ts.

Avail

able

only

when

G4V

8H5 =

Equ

al.20

00.0

mm

-49.5

°C

0 ...

255

a ... A

HEX

0.0 m

m to

500.0

mm

valua

ble

ELEM

ENT I

NTER

VAL

TEMP

. ELE

M. S

HORT

TEMP

. ELE

M. O

PEN

Disp

lays s

electe

d tem

perat

ure un

it.

Set to

tal nu

mber

of ele

ments

in N

MT te

mpera

ture s

enso

r.

Disp

lays s

electe

d len

gth un

it.

51

Set p

ositio

n of e

lemen

t 1 (lo

west

eleme

nt) ab

ove t

ank b

ottom

. Av

ailab

le on

ly wh

en G

4V8H

5 = E

qual.

51Se

t temp

eratur

e ind

icatio

n sen

t to N

MS5 P

roserv

o Hom

e Po

sition

whe

n elem

ent is

short

ed an

d G4V

9H2 =

ON.

De

fault v

alue =

-49.5

°C

51Se

t temp

eratur

e ind

icatio

n sen

t to N

MS5 P

roserv

o Hom

e Po

sition

whe

n elem

ent is

open

and G

4V9H

2 = O

N.

Defau

lt valu

e = -3

59.0

°C

C XX 5 mm 500.0

mm

359.0

°C

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Set

Set

2 ... 1

4 HEX

EQUA

LUN

EQUA

L

0.0 ...

9999

9.9 m

m

482

483

489



Matrix

grou

pFu

nctio

n grou

pIte

mAc

cess

co

deSh

ort de

scrip

tion

Defau

lt valu

eSe

tSe

lect

Disp

lay

Poss

ible s

etting

s, se

lectio

n, or

displa

yInd

ex N

o, GV

H

DEVI

CE D

ATA

NMT

INST

RUME

NT C

ODE

490

495

494

5151 51

TEMP

ERAT

URE

Disp

lays h

ardwa

re un

it num

ber.

5151

Disp

lay

Selec

t

51

491

Disp

lay st

atus o

f cus

tody t

ransfe

r func

tion.

Disp

lay51

496

497

498

ON

LAST

DIA

GNOS

TIC

OUTP

UT A

T ERR

OR

CUST

ODY

TRAN

SFER

POLL

ING

ADDR

ESS

MANU

FACT

URE

ID

SW V

ERSI

ON

Disp

lays i

denti

ficati

on nu

mber

for 45

3x A

TC.

17=V

arec

4.0 or

high

er

BELO

W B

OT. P

OINT

HW V

ERSI

ON

DEVI

CE TY

PE C

ODE

Disp

lays l

ast e

rror m

essa

ge.

Selec

t ON

for ou

tput a

nd in

dicati

on in

case

of el

emen

t sho

rt or

eleme

nt op

en co

nditio

n.

Selec

t poll

ing ad

dress

(1-F

) for 4

53x A

TC fo

r use

in m

ulti-d

rop

appli

catio

ns. S

et ad

dress

2 for

conn

ectio

n with

6005

STG

.

51Di

splay

s soft

ware

versi

on of

453x

ATC

.

530

Selec

t ON

to ca

ncel

"NMT

Belo

w Bo

ttom

Point

" erro

r mes

sage

ou

tput to

NMS

whe

n disp

lacer

sinks

below

lowe

st tem

perat

ure

eleme

nt.

51Di

splay

s dev

ice ty

pe co

de fo

r 453

x ATC

.

2 DEVI

CE

Disp

lay

Selec

t

1.4 or

high

er

492

493

499

Disp

lays h

ardwa

re ve

rsion

of 45

3x A

TC.

OFF

ONOF

FOF

FON

17 5 2 ON

Selec

t

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Selec

t

Disp

lay

1 ... F

(T

otal 1

6 add

ress c

an be

set)


Varec, Inc. 153

Matrix

grou

pFu

nctio

n grou

pIte

mAc

cess

co

deSh

ort de

scrip

tion

Defau

lt valu

eSe

tSe

lect

Disp

lay

Poss

ible s

etting

s, se

lectio

n, or

displa

yInd

ex N

o, GV

H

MEAS

URED

VAL

UEPV

DAT

A54

0

P.V.

RANG

E UN

IT

HART

DEV

ICE

Disp

lays p

rimary

varia

ble da

ta of

the H

ART D

evice

.Di

splay

541

SV D

ATA

Disp

lay

549

OFF

LIQUI

D TE

MP.

GAS

TEMP

ERAT

URE

ON

Selec

t

Disp

lays s

econ

dary

varia

ble da

ta of

the H

ART D

evice

.

HART

DEV

ICE

(1)Se

lect H

ART D

evice

1 fun

ction

: OFF

, ON,

Liqu

id Te

mpera

ture,

Gas T

empe

rature

. If "L

iquid

Temp

eratur

e" is

selec

ted, v

alue i

s ref

lected

at G

0V1H

0 and

G0V

1H1

OFF

P.V.

SETT

ING

P.V.

UPPE

R RA

NGE

P.V.

LOW

ER R

ANGE

DAMP

VAL

UE

51 51 51 51 51

Settin

g of u

pper

range

of pr

imary

varia

ble.

Settin

g of ra

nge u

nit fo

r prim

ary va

riable

in

HART

comm

and c

ode.

Settin

g of lo

wer r

ange

of pr

imary

varia

ble.

Settin

g of d

ampin

g of p

rimary

varia

ble.

SENS

OR S

PECI

FICSE

NSOR

SER

IAL N

O

UPPE

R SE

NSOR

LMT

LOW

ER S

ENSO

R LM

T

Disp

alys s

enso

r seri

al nu

mber

Disp

alys u

pper

limit o

f the H

ART D

evice

.

Disp

alys u

pper

limit o

f the H

ART D

evice

.

Set

Set

Set

Set

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

550

551

552

553

560

561

562



Matrix

grou

pFu

nctio

n grou

pIte

mAc

cess

co

deSh

ort de

scrip

tion

Defau

lt valu

eSe

tSe

lect

Disp

lay

Poss

ible s

etting

s, se

lectio

n, or

displa

yInd

ex N

o, GV

H

SELF

DIA

GNIS

TICER

ROR

CODE

(1)

580

POLL

ING

ADDR

ESS

HART

DEV

ICE

Disp

lays o

f the e

rror c

ode (

1) the

HAR

T dev

ice.

Disp

lay

581

ERRO

R CO

DE (2

)Di

splay

582

DEVI

CE D

ATA

MANU

FACT

URE

ID

DEVI

CE TY

PE C

ODE

PREA

MBLE

S

Disp

lays m

anufa

cturer

ID nu

mber

of the

HAR

T Dev

ice.

Disp

lays p

olling

addre

ss of

HAR

T Dev

ice 1.

Add

ress (

fixed

) = 4.

Disp

lays d

evice

type

code

of th

e HAR

T Dev

ice.

Set n

umbe

r of p

reamb

les fo

r the H

ART d

evice

.

SW V

ERSI

ON

HW V

ERSI

ON

DEVI

CE ID

Disp

alys t

he so

ftware

versi

on fo

r the H

ART d

evice

.

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

583

584

591

592

593

597

ERRO

R CO

DE (3

)

ERRO

R CO

DE (4

)

ERRO

R CO

DE (5

)

Cons

ult H

ART d

evice

opera

tion/s

ervice

man

ual

Disp

lays o

f the e

rror c

ode (

2) the

HAR

T dev

ice.

Disp

lays o

f the e

rror c

ode (

3) the

HAR

T dev

ice.

Disp

lays o

f the e

rror c

ode (

4) the

HAR

T dev

ice.

Disp

lays o

f the e

rror c

ode (

5) the

HAR

T dev

ice.

Disp

alys t

he ha

rdware

versi

on fo

r the H

ART d

evice

.

Disp

lays t

he de

vice I

D for

the H

ART d

evice

.

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

594

595

596

4


Varec, Inc. 155

Matrix

grou

pFu

nctio

n grou

pIte

mAc

cess

co

deSh

ort de

scrip

tion

Defau

lt valu

eSe

tSe

lect

Disp

lay

Poss

ible s

etting

s, se

lectio

n, or

displa

yInd

ex N

o, GV

H

MEAS

URED

VAL

UEPV

DAT

A64

0

P.V.

RANG

E UN

IT

HART

DEV

ICE

Disp

lays p

rimary

varia

ble da

ta of

the H

ART D

evice

.Di

splay

641

SV D

ATA

Disp

lay

649

OFF

LIQUI

D TE

MP.

GAS

TEMP

ERAT

URE

ON

Selec

t

Disp

lays s

econ

dary

varia

ble da

ta of

the H

ART D

evice

.

HART

DEV

ICE

(2)Se

lect H

ART D

evice

2 fun

ction

: OFF

, ON,

Gas

Temp

eratur

e.If "

Gas T

empe

rature

" is se

lected

, valu

e is r

eflec

ted at

G0V

1H0

and G

0V1H

1

OFF

P.V.

SETT

ING

P.V.

UPPE

R RA

NGE

P.V.

LOW

ER R

ANGE

DAMP

VAL

UE

51 51 51 51 51

Settin

g of u

pper

range

of pr

imary

varia

ble.

Settin

g of ra

nge u

nit fo

r prim

ary va

riable

in

HART

comm

and c

ode.

Settin

g of lo

wer r

ange

of pr

imary

varia

ble.

Settin

g of d

ampin

g of p

rimary

varia

ble.

SENS

OR S

PECI

FICSE

NSOR

SER

IAL N

O

UPPE

R SE

NSOR

LMT

LOW

ER S

ENSO

R LM

T

Disp

alys s

enso

r seri

al nu

mber

Disp

alys u

pper

limit o

f the H

ART D

evice

.

Disp

alys l

ower

limit o

f the H

ART D

evice

.

Set

Set

Set

Set

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

650

651

652

653

660

661

662



Matrix

grou

pFu

nctio

n grou

pIte

mAc

cess

co

deSh

ort de

scrip

tion

Defau

lt valu

eSe

tSe

lect

Disp

lay

Poss

ible s

etting

s, se

lectio

n, or

displa

yInd

ex N

o, GV

H

SELF

DIA

GNIS

TICER

ROR

CODE

(1)

680

POLL

ING

ADDR

ESS

HART

DEV

ICE

Disp

lays o

f the e

rror c

ode (

1) the

HAR

T dev

ice.

Disp

lay

681

ERRO

R CO

DE (2

)Di

splay

682

DEVI

CE D

ATA

MANU

FACT

URE

ID

DEVI

CE TY

PE C

ODE

PREA

MBLE

S

Disp

lays m

anufa

cturer

ID nu

mber

of the

HAR

T Dev

ice.

Disp

lays p

olling

addre

ss of

HAR

T Dev

ice 2.

Add

ress (

fixed

) = 5.

Disp

lays d

evice

type

code

of th

e HAR

T Dev

ice.

Set n

umbe

r of p

reamb

les fo

r the H

ART d

evice

.

SW V

ERSI

ON

HW V

ERSI

ON

DEVI

CE ID

Disp

alys t

he so

ftware

versi

on fo

r the H

ART d

evice

.

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

683

684

691

692

693

697

ERRO

R CO

DE (3

)

ERRO

R CO

DE (4

)

ERRO

R CO

DE (5

)

Cons

ult H

ART d

evice

opera

tion/s

ervice

man

ual

Disp

lays o

f the e

rror c

ode (

2) the

HAR

T dev

ice.

Disp

lays o

f the e

rror c

ode (

3) the

HAR

T dev

ice.

Disp

lays o

f the e

rror c

ode (

4) the

HAR

T dev

ice.

Disp

lays o

f the e

rror c

ode (

5) the

HAR

T dev

ice.

Disp

alys t

he ha

rdware

versi

on fo

r the H

ART d

evice

.

Disp

lays t

he de

vice I

D for

the H

ART d

evice

.

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Set

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

694

695

696

5


Varec, Inc. 157

Matrix

grou

pFu

nctio

n grou

pIte

mAc

cess

co

deSh

ort de

scrip

tion

Defau

lt valu

eSe

tSe

lect

Disp

lay

Poss

ible s

etting

s, se

lectio

n, or

displa

yInd

ex N

o, GV

H

ADJ.

SENS

OR

Selec

t unit

s for

tempe

rature

data

displa

yed l

ocall

y at N

6005

/N46

50

UNIT

LEV.

UNI

T (HO

ST)

TEMP

UNI

T (HO

ST)

DEN.

UNI

T (HO

ST)

Selec

t disp

lay un

its fo

r leve

l valu

e data

to be

sent

to ho

st CP

U via

remo

te co

mmun

icatio

ns76

0

761

LEV.

UNI

T

TEMP

. UNI

T

DEN.

UNI

T

Selec

t unit

s for

tempe

rature

value

data

to be

sent

to ho

st CP

U via

remo

te co

mmun

icatio

nsSe

lect d

isplay

units

for d

ensit

y valu

e data

to be

sent

to ho

st CP

U via

remo

te co

mmun

icatio

nsSe

lect u

nits f

or lev

el va

lue da

ta dis

playe

d loc

ally a

t N60

05/N

4650

Selec

t unit

s for

dens

ity va

lue da

ta dis

playe

d loc

ally a

t N60

05/N

4650

51 51

mm °C g/mL

51

mm °C g/mL

51 51 51

Selec

t

Selec

t

Selec

t

Selec

t

Selec

t

Selec

t

m, in

ch, c

m, ft

°C, °

F, °R

, °K

Kg/m

, lb/g

l, SGU

, Kg/l

,g/l

, lb/in

, st/y

3

3

m, in

ch, c

m, ft

°C, °

F, °R

, °K

Kg/m

, lb/g

l, SGU

, Kg/l

,g/l

, lb/in

, st/y

762

765

766

767

HART

LINE

NMT

770

Selec

t Term

inal P

ort A

(Ex i

a) or

Term

inal P

ort B

(Ex d

) for

the 45

3x co

nnec

tion

15

Set

771

Set

772

Set

INTE

RFAC

E AD

JUST

BALA

NCE

COUN

T

IF 2 O

FFSE

T

777

780

781

782

783

784

HART

DEV

ICE

(1)

HART

DEV

ICE

(2)

777

777

51Se

t Volu

me To

leran

ce fo

r Bala

nce c

ondit

ion du

ring I

nterfa

ce

meas

ureme

ntUs

ed fo

r Inter

face M

easu

remen

t. Inc

rease

Brak

e Rate

to m

ake t

heba

lance

zone

small

er an

d dec

rease

inter

face m

easu

remen

t time

.　

0.0 m

m

0.0 m

m

Set

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

VOL.

TOL.

FOR

I/F

BRAK

E RA

TE

IF 1 O

FFSE

T

Selec

t Term

inal P

ort A

(Ex i

a) or

Term

inal P

ort B

(Ex d

) for

the H

ART D

evice

1.Se

lect T

ermina

l Port

A (E

x ia)

or Te

rmina

l Port

B (E

x d) fo

rthe

HAR

T Dev

ice 2.

51 51 51 51

Used

for In

terfac

e Mea

surem

ent. B

alanc

e sign

al is

gene

rated

after

motor

mov

emen

t cha

nges

from

fast to

slow

spec

ified n

umbe

r of

times

. Coo

rdina

te thi

s sett

ing w

ith G

2V9H

9 Bala

nce D

elay s

etting

.

Chan

ge th

is se

tting t

o corr

ect In

terfac

e 1 le

vel d

eviat

ion.

Chan

ge th

is se

tting t

o corr

ect In

terfac

e 2 le

vel d

eviat

ion.

TERM

INAL

PO

RT B

TERM

INAL

PO

RT B

TERM

INAL

PO

RT B

TERM

INAL

POR

T BTE

RMIN

AL P

ORT A

TERM

INAL

POR

T BTE

RMIN

AL P

ORT A

TERM

INAL

POR

T BTE

RMIN

AL P

ORT A

0.3 m

L

150

0 - 99

.9 mL

0 - 25

5

0 - 25

5

0 - 99

99.9

mm

0 - 99

99.9

mm

ADJ

A ZE

RO

ADJ

A ZE

RO

ADJ

B S

PAN

ADJ

B S

PAN

530

530

530

530

Hall

Sen

sor A

Zer

o sign

al

Hall

Sen

sor A

Zer

o sign

al

Hall

Sen

sor B

Full

span

sign

al

Hall

Sen

sor B

Full

span

sign

al

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

740

741

742

743

ADJ.

SENS

OR

HART

ERR

OR R

ATE

ERR

. RAT

E NR

F

ERR

. RAT

E NM

T

ERR.

RAT

E DE

V(1)

ERR.

RAT

E DE

V(2)

530

530

530

530

Comm

unica

tion e

rror r

ate

Comm

unica

tion e

rror r

ate

Comm

unica

tion e

rror r

ate

Comm

unica

tion e

rror r

ate

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

750

751

752

753



Matrix

grou

pFu

nctio

n grou

pIte

mAc

cess

co

deSh

ort de

scrip

tion

Defau

lt valu

eSe

tSe

lect

Disp

lay

Poss

ible s

etting

s, se

lectio

n, or

displa

yInd

ex N

o, GV

H

OPE.

SEL

ECT

840

51

TANK

PRO

FILE

1 min.

Selec

t

841

Set

843

Set

844

846

847

OPE.

POI

NT

I/F M

ANU.

LEVE

L

51

1 min.

Set

BAL.

LEVE

L

OPE.

WAI

T TIM

E

51 51 51

O: st

op

2 0 mm

2.0 m

m

PROF

ILE O

PE.

UP W

AIT T

IME

LIQ. W

AIT T

IME

NOTE

!: Data

in G

8V4H

0to

G8V4

H9 ar

e use

d for

both

Tank

and I

nterfa

ce

Profi

le me

asure

ment

Set th

e num

ber o

f mea

surem

ent p

oints

for Ta

nk P

rofile

me

asure

ment.

51Se

lect m

ethod

for d

ensit

y mea

surem

ent.

0: sp

ot. 1

: Tan

k Prof

ile. 2

: I/F P

rofile

. 3: M

ANU.

I/F P

rofile

.

51Ma

nuall

y set

the w

ater in

terfac

e lev

el to

be re

feren

ced d

uring

Ta

nk P

rofile

mea

surem

ent.

Set th

e allo

wanc

e for

level

move

ment

prior

to Ta

nk P

rofile

op

eratio

n. If l

evel

move

ment

exce

eds t

his va

lue, P

rofile

opera

tion

is ca

ncele

d. Se

tting 9

9.9 m

m all

ows P

rofile

mea

surem

ent to

pro

ceed

, rega

rdles

s of le

vel m

ovem

ent

Set w

aiting

time f

or dis

place

r weig

ht to

be m

easu

red in

air, w

hen

makin

g the

weig

ht tab

le at

start o

f Prof

ile op

eratio

n

Set th

e tim

e for

displa

cer to

stop

at ea

ch m

easu

remen

t pos

ition

durin

g prof

ile op

eratio

n

E.g.

if lev

el mo

veme

nt ex

ceed

s sett

ing at

G8V

4H4,

Pros

ervo i

s in

"stan

d by"

for th

e tim

e set

in thi

s matr

ix. A

fter th

e max

imum

time e

lapse

s, pro

file op

eratio

n is c

ance

led.

1 min.

Set

Set

Set

0: sto

p1:t

ank p

rofile

2: I/F

profi

le3:

MANU

. I/F p

rofile

2 - 16

0 - 99

999.9

mm

1.0 - 9

9.9 m

m

1 - 31

min

1 - 31

min

1 - 31

min

845


Varec, Inc. 159

Matrix

grou

pFu

nctio

n grou

pIte

mAc

cess

co

deSh

ort de

scrip

tion

Defau

lt valu

eSe

tSe

lect

Disp

lay

Poss

ible s

etting

s, se

lectio

n, or

displa

yInd

ex N

o, GV

H

OPE.

STA

TUS

850

TANK

PRO

FILE

851

852

854

855

LEVE

L CON

DITIO

N

OPE.

TIME

AVER

AGE

DENS

ITY

0 0 DDHH

MM

0.000

g/ml

STAR

US/D

ATA

AVER

AGE

TEMP

.

DIAG

. COD

E

Disp

lays s

tatus

of liq

uid le

vel/s

urfac

e mon

itored

prior

topro

file op

eratio

n.

0.0 °C

0 - 4

0000

000 -

3123

59

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

858

Disp

lays p

rofile

opera

tion s

tatus

.0:

Acce

pting

1: St

andb

y2:

In op

eratio

n3:

OPR.

END

4: UN

_BAL

ANCE

ERR

5: OP

R. E

RR. S

TOP

Acce

pting

dens

ity pr

ofile

comm

and

Read

y to e

xecu

te de

nsity

profi

le co

mman

dEx

ecuti

ng de

nsity

profi

le co

mman

dDe

nsity

profi

le op

eratio

n com

pleted

succ

essfu

llyFa

il: Re

quire

d con

dition

s for

dens

ity pr

ofile

opera

tion n

ot sa

tisfie

dFa

il: Ab

norm

al co

nditio

ns oc

curre

d duri

ng

dens

ity pr

ofile

opera

tion

0: Of

f Lev

el Me

as1:

Stab

le2:

Unsta

ble

3: Ign

or Co

nditio

n

Activ

e ope

ration

is no

t LEV

EL (p

rofile

cann

ot sta

rt)

Liquid

leve

l/surf

ace i

s stab

le (pr

ofile

can s

tart)

Liquid

leve

l/surf

ace i

s uns

table

(profi

le ca

nnot

start)

Ignore

s liqu

id lev

el/su

rface

cond

ition

(profi

le ca

nnot

start)

Disp

lays t

ime w

hen T

ank P

rofile

opera

tion f

inish

ed(D

D/HH

/MM)

Disp

lays a

verag

e tem

perat

ure va

lue

Disp

lays a

verag

e den

sity v

alue

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay0 -

6

0 -03

59.5

°C



Matrix

grou

pFu

nctio

n grou

pIte

mAc

cess

co

deSh

ort de

scrip

tion

Defau

lt valu

eSe

tSe

lect

Disp

lay

Poss

ible s

etting

s, se

lectio

n, or

displa

yInd

ex N

o, GV

H

DENS

ITY1 -

10NO

. 1 D

ENSI

TY86

0TA

NK P

ROFIL

EDi

splay

861

NO. 2

DEN

SITY

Disp

lay

862

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

863

864

865

866

867

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

868

869

NO. 3

DEN

SITY

NO. 4

DEN

SITY

NO. 5

DEN

SITY

NO. 6

DEN

SITY

NO. 7

DEN

SITY

NO. 8

DEN

SITY

NO. 9

DEN

SITY

NO. 1

0 DEN

SITY

Disp

lays d

ensit

y valu

es fo

r poin

t No.1

in de

nsity

profi

le

Disp

lays d

ensit

y valu

es fo

r poin

t No.2

in de

nsity

profi

le

Disp

lays d

ensit

y valu

es fo

r poin

t No.3

in de

nsity

profi

le

Disp

lays d

ensit

y valu

es fo

r poin

t No.4

in de

nsity

profi

le

Disp

lays d

ensit

y valu

es fo

r poin

t No.5

in de

nsity

profi

le

Disp

lays d

ensit

y valu

es fo

r poin

t No.6

in de

nsity

profi

le

Disp

lays d

ensit

y valu

es fo

r poin

t No.7

in de

nsity

profi

le

Disp

lays d

ensit

y valu

es fo

r poin

t No.8

in de

nsity

profi

le

Disp

lays d

ensit

y valu

es fo

r poin

t No.9

in de

nsity

profi

le

Disp

lays d

ensit

y valu

es fo

r poin

t No.1

0 in d

ensit

y prof

ile

0.000

g/ml

0.000

g/ml

0.000

g/ml

0.000

g/ml

0.000

g/ml

0.000

g/ml

0.000

g/ml

0.000

g/ml

0.000

g/ml

0.000

g/ml

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

NO. 1

1 DEN

SITY

870

Disp

lay

871

NO. 1

2 DEN

SITY

Disp

lay

872

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

873

874

875

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

NO. 1

3 DEN

SITY

NO. 1

4 DEN

SITY

NO. 1

5 DEN

SITY

NO. 1

6 DEN

SITY

Disp

lays d

ensit

y valu

es fo

r poin

t No.1

1 in d

ensit

y prof

ile

Disp

lays d

ensit

y valu

es fo

r poin

t No.1

2 in d

ensit

y prof

ile

Disp

lays d

ensit

y valu

es fo

r poin

t No.1

3 in d

ensit

y prof

ile

Disp

lays d

ensit

y valu

es fo

r poin

t No.1

4 in d

ensit

y prof

ile

Disp

lays d

ensit

y valu

es fo

r poin

t No.1

5 in d

ensit

y prof

ile

Disp

lays d

ensit

y valu

es fo

r poin

t No.1

6 in d

ensit

y prof

ile

0.000

g/ml

0.000

g/ml

0.000

g/ml

0.000

g/ml

0.000

g/ml

0.000

g/ml

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

DENS

ITY11

- 16


Varec, Inc. 161

Matrix

grou

pFu

nctio

n grou

pIte

mAc

cess

co

deSh

ort de

scrip

tion

Defau

lt valu

eSe

tSe

lect

Disp

lay

Poss

ible s

etting

s, se

lectio

n, or

displa

yInd

ex N

o, GV

H

OPE.

STA

TUS

950

INTE

RFAC

EPR

OFILE

951

952

953

954

LEVE

L CON

DITIO

N

OPE.

TIME

AVER

AGE

DENS

ITY

0 0 DDHH

MM

0.000

g/ml

STAT

US/D

ATA

AVER

AGE

TEMP

.

Disp

lays s

tatus

of liq

uid le

vel/s

urfac

e mon

itored

prior

topro

file op

eratio

n.

0.0 °C

0 - 4

0000

000 -

3123

59

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

955

Disp

lays p

rofile

opera

tion s

tatus

.0:

Acce

pting

1: St

andb

y2:

In op

eratio

n3:

OPR.

END

4: UN

_BAL

ANCE

ERR

5: OP

R. E

RR. S

TOP

Acce

pting

dens

ity pr

ofile

comm

and

Read

y to e

xecu

te de

nsity

profi

le co

mman

dEx

ecuti

ng de

nsity

profi

le co

mman

dDe

nsity

profi

le op

eratio

n com

pleted

succ

essfu

llyFa

il: Re

quire

d con

dition

s for

dens

ity pr

ofile

opera

tion n

ot sa

tisfie

dFa

il: Ab

norm

al co

nditio

ns oc

curre

d duri

ng

dens

ity pr

ofile

opera

tion

0: Of

f Lev

el Me

as1:

Stab

le2:

Unsta

ble

3: Ign

or Co

nditio

n

Activ

e ope

ration

is no

t LEV

EL (p

rofile

cann

ot sta

rt)

Liquid

leve

l/surf

ace i

s stab

le (pr

ofile

can s

tart)

Liquid

leve

l/surf

ace i

s uns

table

(profi

le ca

nnot

start)

Ignore

s liqu

id lev

el/su

rface

cond

ition

(profi

le ca

nnot

start)

Disp

lays t

ime w

hen I

nterfa

ce P

rofile

opera

tion f

inish

ed(D

D/HH

/MM)

.

Disp

lays a

verag

e den

sity v

alue c

alcula

ted fro

m Int

erfac

e Prof

ile

meas

ureme

nt.

Disp

lays I

nterfa

ce le

vel u

sed f

or Int

erfac

e Prof

ile m

easu

remen

t.

Disp

aly

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay0 -

6

0 -35

9.5 °C

I/F LE

VEL

Disp

lays a

varag

e tem

perat

ure va

lue ca

lculat

ed fro

m Int

erfac

e Pr

ofile

meas

ureme

nt.



Matrix

grou

pFu

nctio

n grou

pIte

mAc

cess

co

deSh

ort de

scrip

tion

Defau

lt valu

eSe

tSe

lect

Disp

lay

Poss

ible s

etting

s, se

lectio

n, or

displa

yInd

ex N

o, GV

H

DENS

ITY1 -

10NO

. 1 D

ENSI

TY96

0TA

NK P

ROFIL

EDi

splay

961

NO. 2

DEN

SITY

Disp

lay

962

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

963

964

965

966

967

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

968

969

NO. 3

DEN

SITY

NO. 4

DEN

SITY

NO. 5

DEN

SITY

NO. 6

DEN

SITY

NO. 7

DEN

SITY

NO. 8

DEN

SITY

NO. 9

DEN

SITY

NO. 1

0 DEN

SITY

Disp

lays d

ensit

y valu

es fo

r poin

t No.1

in de

nsity

profi

le

Disp

lays d

ensit

y valu

es fo

r poin

t No.2

in de

nsity

profi

le

Disp

lays d

ensit

y valu

es fo

r poin

t No.3

in de

nsity

profi

le

Disp

lays d

ensit

y valu

es fo

r poin

t No.4

in de

nsity

profi

le

Disp

lays d

ensit

y valu

es fo

r poin

t No.5

in de

nsity

profi

le

Disp

lays d

ensit

y valu

es fo

r poin

t No.6

in de

nsity

profi

le

Disp

lays d

ensit

y valu

es fo

r poin

t No.7

in de

nsity

profi

le

Disp

lays d

ensit

y valu

es fo

r poin

t No.8

in de

nsity

profi

le

Disp

lays d

ensit

y valu

es fo

r poin

t No.9

in de

nsity

profi

le

Disp

lays d

ensit

y valu

es fo

r poin

t No.1

0 in d

ensit

y prof

ile

0.000

g/ml

0.000

g/ml

0.000

g/ml

0.000

g/ml

0.000

g/ml

0.000

g/ml

0.000

g/ml

0.000

g/ml

0.000

g/ml

0.000

g/ml

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

NO. 1

1 DEN

SITY

970

Disp

lay

971

NO. 1

2 DEN

SITY

Disp

lay

972

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

973

974

975

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

NO. 1

3 DEN

SITY

NO. 1

4 DEN

SITY

NO. 1

5 DEN

SITY

NO. 1

6 DEN

SITY

Disp

lays d

ensit

y valu

es fo

r poin

t No.1

1 in d

ensit

y prof

ile

Disp

lays d

ensit

y valu

es fo

r poin

t No.1

2 in d

ensit

y prof

ile

Disp

lays d

ensit

y valu

es fo

r poin

t No.1

3 in d

ensit

y prof

ile

Disp

lays d

ensit

y valu

es fo

r poin

t No.1

4 in d

ensit

y prof

ile

Disp

lays d

ensit

y valu

es fo

r poin

t No.1

5 in d

ensit

y prof

ile

Disp

lays d

ensit

y valu

es fo

r poin

t No.1

6 in d

ensit

y prof

ile

0.000

g/ml

0.000

g/ml

0.000

g/ml

0.000

g/ml

0.000

g/ml

0.000

g/ml

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

0.000

- 9.99

9 g/m

l

DENS

ITY11

- 16


Varec, Inc. 163

Matrix

grou

pFu

nctio

n grou

pIte

mAc

cess

co

deSh

ort de

scrip

tion

Defau

lt valu

eSe

tSe

lect

Disp

lay

Poss

ible s

etting

s, se

lectio

n, or

displa

yInd

ex N

o, GV

H

POSI

TION1

- 10

NO. 1

POS

ITION

980

TANK

PRO

FILE

Disp

lay

981

Disp

lay

982

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

983

984

985

986

987

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

988

989

Disp

lays p

ositio

n No.1

of m

easu

remen

t take

n duri

ng

dens

ity pr

ofile.

0 mm

0 mm

0 mm

0 mm

0 mm

0 mm

0 mm

0 mm

0 mm

0 mm

0 - 99

999.9

mm

990

Disp

lay

991

Disp

lay

992

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

993

994

995

Disp

lay

Disp

lay

0 mm

0 mm

0 mm

0 mm

0 mm

0 mm

DENS

ITY11

- 16

NO. 2

POS

ITION

NO. 3

POS

ITION

NO. 4

POS

ITION

NO. 5

POS

ITION

NO. 6

POS

ITION

NO. 7

POS

ITION

NO. 8

POS

ITION

NO. 9

POS

ITION

NO. 1

0 POS

ITION

NO. 1

1 POS

ITION

NO. 1

2 POS

ITION

NO. 1

3 POS

ITION

NO. 1

4 POS

ITION

NO. 1

5 POS

ITION

NO. 1

6 POS

ITION

Disp

lays p

ositio

n No.2

of m

easu

remen

t take

n duri

ng

dens

ity pr

ofile.

Disp

lays p

ositio

n No.3

of m

easu

remen

t take

n duri

ng

dens

ity pr

ofile.

Disp

lays p

ositio

n No.4

of m

easu

remen

t take

n duri

ng

dens

ity pr

ofile.

Disp

lays p

ositio

n No.5

of m

easu

remen

t take

n duri

ng

dens

ity pr

ofile.

Disp

lays p

ositio

n No.6

of m

easu

remen

t take

n duri

ng

dens

ity pr

ofile.

Disp

lays p

ositio

n No.7

of m

easu

remen

t take

n duri

ng

dens

ity pr

ofile.

Disp

lays p

ositio

n No.8

of m

easu

remen

t take

n duri

ng

dens

ity pr

ofile.

Disp

lays p

ositio

n No.9

of m

easu

remen

t take

n duri

ng

dens

ity pr

ofile.

Disp

lays p

ositio

n No.1

0 of m

easu

remen

t take

n duri

ng

dens

ity pr

ofile.

Disp

lays p

ositio

n No.1

1 of m

easu

remen

t take

n duri

ng

dens

ity pr

ofile.

Disp

lays p

ositio

n No.1

2 of m

easu

remen

t take

n duri

ng

dens

ity pr

ofile.

Disp

lays p

ositio

n No.1

3 of m

easu

remen

t take

n duri

ng

dens

ity pr

ofile.

Disp

lays p

ositio

n No.1

4 of m

easu

remen

t take

n duri

ng

dens

ity pr

ofile.

Disp

lays p

ositio

n No.1

5 of m

easu

remen

t take

n duri

ng

dens

ity pr

ofile.

Disp

lays p

ositio

n No.1

6 of m

easu

remen

t take

n duri

ng

dens

ity pr

ofile.

0 - 99

999.9

mm

0 - 99

999.9

mm

0 - 99

999.9

mm

0 - 99

999.9

mm

0 - 99

999.9

mm

0 - 99

999.9

mm

0 - 99

999.9

mm

0 - 99

999.9

mm

0 - 99

999.9

mm

0 - 99

999.9

mm

0 - 99

999.9

mm

0 - 99

999.9

mm

0 - 99

999.9

mm

0 - 99

999.9

mm

0 - 99

999.9

mm

Varec, Inc. 165

Chapter 12

Technical Data

Measuring range from 0 to 16, 28, or 36m depending on material specification(longer ranges available upon consultation)

Density limits 0.430 to 2.000 g/cm3 (430 to 2000 kg/m3)

Accuracy Level: +/- 0.7mm (0.027 inch) *1

Interface: +/- 2.7mm (0.106 inch)*2

Density: +/- 0.005 g/cm3 *3

Sensitivity +/- 0.1mm (0.004 inch)

Self-diagnostic function CPU system health, measuring wire tension, communication, gauge status, level data input, etc

Input/Output See "Ordering Information" on page 169.

Motion delay Configurable in 20ms steps from 0 to 9.9 seconds

Power 85 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz20 to 62 VDC, or 20 to 55 VAC, 50/60Hz

Max. current 50VA / 50W

Surge protection Standard supply

Ambient Temperature -20º to 60º C (-4 to 140ºF)-40º to 60º C (-14 to 140º F) ATEX approval cold temperature version

Liquid Temperature -200º to +200º (-328º to +392º F)

Displacer speed max. 2500mm/min

Display Backlight LCD, level, temperature, status, diagnostics, menu-navigation, in English, Japanese, and Chinese

Operation Local operation by optical display keypad, external contact

Calibration Optical display keypad for tank level and sensor adjustment by automated software routine

Weight 12kg (Aluminum drum housing NMS5-1, 5-4)27kg (Stainless steel drum housing NMS5-2, 5-5, 5-6)

Protection Class IP67 / NEMA4X

Ex approval ATEX II 1/2G Ex d IIB T6,T3 Ga/GbATEX II 1/2G Ex d[ia] IIB T6,T3 Ga/GbATEX II 1/2G Ex d IIC T6,T3 Ga/GbFM XP-AIS Cl.I Div.1 Gr.C-D FM XP Cl. I Div.1 Gr.C-DCSA Cl. I Div.1 Gr.C-DCSA Ex d[ia] Cl. I Div.1 Gr.C-D

Additional Certificates Weights and Measures for custody transfer: NMiSIL (Functional Safety manual: TŰV Nord

Color Body: Dupont Powder Coating Silver Star II; Covers: white



*1 PTB reference conditions

*2 Difference of product densities at least 0.100 g/cm3

*2 Optional when calibrated for density measurement

Supplementary Documentation

Technical Information (TEC022NVAE4111)Installation Instruction (IOM007NVAE5011_6005 - This manual)

Varec, Inc. 167

Chapter 13

010 Pressure rating, Drum chamber material:

1 0...20 kPa/2.9 PSI; Aluminum casting

2 0...20 kPa/2.9 PSI; Stainless steel

4 0...588kPa/85.3 PSI; Aluminum casting

5 0...588kPa/85.3 PSI; Stainless steel

6 0...2.45MPa/355.3 PSI; Stainless steel

020 Approval:

0 Weather proof, IP67/ NEMA 4X (only for the stainless steel Drum chamber)

5 FM - Explosion proof - Class l, Division 1, Groups C & D

6 CSA - Explosion proof - Class l, Division 1, Groups C & D

O CSA - Class l, Division 1, Groups C & D (Ex d[ia])

G ATEX II 1/2G Ex d IIB T6, T3 Ga/Gb

J ATEX II 1/2G Ex d[ia] IIB T6, T3 Ga/Gb

Q ATEX II 1/2G Ex d IIC T6, T3 Ga/Gb

S ATEX II 1/2G Ex d IIB T6, T3, -40°C

U ATEX II 1/2G Ex d[ia] IIB T6, T3, -40°C

N FM - Explosion proof-AIS Class l, Division 1, Groups C & D

Note - I.S. Safety Barrier required for all available options when a 4532/4539 Temperature Device is used.

Note - NMi W&M approval only with 70 mm displacer (R).

Note - Option “N” provides intrinsically safe power to a connected I.S. classified device and is recommended for use in the USA. Option 5 does not provide I.S. power to connected devices.

030 Application:

A Liquid Level

C NMi (<1mm) type approval, liquid level

D Multi measurement, Level, I/F Level, Bottom, Density

F *Tax + Weight NMi, Level, I/F level, Bottom, Density

G Density profile multi measurement, Level, I/F Level, Bottom, Density

J *Tax + Weight NMi, Level, Density Profile Level, I/F Level, Bottom, Density

9 Special version

Order Codes



040 Output 1:

F Not Selected

A 2-way 2-wire (V1 protocol)

L Whessmatic 550, overvoltage protection

M Mark Space

N Enraf BPM

P Modbus RS-485

9 Special version, TSP-no. to be spec.

050 Output 2:‘

0 Not Selected

1 4x relay SPST

2 2 x 4-20 mA

3 4 x relay SPST, 2 x 4 - 20mA

4 2 x relay SPST, Overspill prevention TÜV

5 4 x relay SPST, 1 x 4 - 20mA


060 Input:

0 HART (NMT5xx, NRF560, pressure transmitter)

1 1 x spot temperature Pt100, HART (NRF560, pressure transmitter)

2 2 x operation contact, HART (NMT5xx, NRF560, pressure transmitter)

3 1 x spot temperature Pt100, 2 x operation contact, HART (NMT5xx, NRF560, pressure transmitter)

4 1 x status, HART (NMT5xx, NRF560, pressure transmitter)

5 1 x spot temperature Pt100, 1 x status, HART (NMT5xx, NRF560, pressure transmitter)

6 1 x spot temperature Pt100, 1 x status, 2 x operation contact, HART (NMT5xx, NRF560, pressure transmitter)


070 Measuring Range; Wire:

C 0 - 28m; SUS316L, 0.15mm

L 0 - 36m; SUS316L, 0.15mm

N 0 - 47m; SUS316L, 0.15mm

H 0 - 16m; PFA>SUS316, 0.4mm

K 0 - 16m; Alloy C, 0.2mm

M 0 - 22m; Alloy C, 0.2mm

Y Special version, TSP-no. to be spec.

Chapter 13 - Order Codes

Varec, Inc. 169

080 Cable entry:

E 4 x thread G1/2

F 4 x thread G3/4

H 4 x thread NPT3/4

L 4 x thread M20

M 4 x thread M25


090 Process connection:

G 3" 150Ibs RF, flange JIS B2220

J 3" 300lbs RF, flange ANSI B16.5

W 4" 300lbs RF, flange ANSI B16.5

T 6" 150lbs RF, flange ANSI B16.5

L DN80 PN10 B1, flange EN1092-1 (DIN2527 B)

N DN80 PN25 B1, flange EN1092-1 (DIN2527 B)


100 Power supply:

3 85 - 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz

4 20 - 62 VDC, 20 - 55 VAC, 50/60 Hz


110 Displacer:

N Cylindrical 30 mm, SUS316

K Cylindrical 40 mm, SUS316

D Cylindrical 50 mm, SUS316

W Cylindrical 30 mm, PTFE

V Cylindrical 40 mm, PTFE

U Cylindrical 50 mm, PTFE

T Cylindrical 30 mm, Alloy C

B Conical 50 mm, PTFE

R Conical 70 mm, SU316

C Conical 110 mm, SU316

N6005- Product Designation

Varec, Inc. A-1

Appendix A

Appendix

RS-485 MODBUS (COM- 5) Terminator

How to set terminator switch

RS- 485 communication module until 2008

Set all slide switch (four bits) turn to ON when termination is required.

Figure A-1: RS-485 Communication Module Until 2008

1

2

3

4

ON

Terminator switch OFF

1

2

3

4

ON

Terminator switch ON


A-2 Installation and Operations Manual

COM-5 RS- 485 communication module from 2009

Set all piano type switch 1 - 1 and switch 2 - 3, 2 - 4 turn to ON (UP) when termination is required.

Figure A-2: COM-5 RS-485 Communication Module from 2009

OFF

ON

SW

2S

W1

43

21

SW

2S

W1

43

21

ON

OFF

Appendix A - Appendix

Varec, Inc. A-3

Changing Measurement Wire

Winding wire onto wire drum

1. Prepare a box with approx. 300mm(w) × 300mm(d) × 50mm(h) for wire storing.

2. Take out the measurement wire from the plastic bag.

3. Put the wire into the box without twisting.

4. Put one end of the wire into a hole on wire drum groove.

5. Fix the end of the wire by screw.

6. Sit down on a chair.

7. Grasp drum by left hand and hold wire by left thumb.

8. Hold wire by right thumb and index finger.

9. Make tension to secure the wire, so as not to come out of the groove.

10. Rotate the wire drum to wind the wire into groove with holding by left thumb.



Figure A-3: Winding Wire Onto Wire Drum

Wire hole

HoleScrew


Varec, Inc. A-5

Fixing wire ring

1. Put wire drum on desk and fix the wire by masking tape remaining 500mm wire.

2. Wind the wire toward the wire drum 2 times around the ring.

Figure A-4: Wire Drum on Desk

3. Wind the wire 10 times.

4. Keep a space as the triangle shape and wind the wire 10 times toward arrow A.

5. Wind the wire 10 times toward arrow B.

• Keep a certain amount of tension to the ring.6. Wind the wire 10 times again.

7. Wind the wire 10 times toward arrow C.

8. Wind the wire 10 times toward arrow D.

• Leave the wind approximately 100mm to 200mm to mount it on the displacer.

Masking tape

Length Aprox. 500mm



Figure A-5: Set Wire Ring Procedure

Displacer

Displacer installation

When installing ground wire to displacer, please refer to Table A-6.

1. Mount the displacer on the wire ring.

2. Wind the securing wire on the ring.

3. Wind the ground wire between washers twice.

4. Secure the nut with a wrench.

Wind wire ten times2

3 Wind wire ten times again

This wire is wound

Keep ring to make a certain tention

Keep a space for triangle

Wind wire around ring again

to drum

200mm

1 Wind two times around ring

5 Wind ten times

6 Wind ten times

Leave 100 to 200mm forground connection to displacer

4


Varec, Inc. A-7

Figure A-6: Displacer Installation

PTFE Displacer Installation

1. Remove the screw using a flat-head screw driver.

2. Mount the displacer on the teflon-ring.

Step 1

Ground Wire

Displacer Ground Wire

Washer

Wire Ring

Nut

Securing WireDisplacer

Step 2

Step 3

Wrench

Step 4



3. PTFE Wire: Install the ground wire of the displacer from the wire insertion slot until the ground wire touches the wall of the screw hole.

4. SUS Wire: Install the ground wire of the displacer from the wire insertion slot until the ground wire touches the wall of the screw hole. Then install the ground wire 10 mm farther.

5. Tighten the screw.

• Hold the ground wire with finger tip so that the wire does not come out from the slot.6. Lift the displacer using the flat-head screw driver and confirm that the ground wire does

not come out from the slot.

Step 1 Step 2

Step 3: PTFE Wire Step 4: SUS Wire

Step 5 Step 6

Finger Tip

Teflon-ring

Insertion Hole for WirePTFE Screw (M5)

Displacer

Screw Hole Ground Wire for Displacer


Varec, Inc. A-9

Displacers

Actual draft position may change slightly with tank parameters.

Figure A-7: Displacers

165.

5 m

m

121m

m3.

6mmØ 30 mm

Draft point

63.8

mm

WeightVolumeBalance volumeDraft point

261g85cm3

41.3cm3

63.8mm

140m

mØ 30 mm

Draft point

172m

m


240g108cm3

53.7cm3

79.5mm

9.5m

m

79.5

mm

9.5m

m

Ø30mm SUS Cylindrical Ø30mm PTFE Cylindrical

165.

5mm

121m

m3.

6mm

Draft point

64.1

mm


254g152cm3

71.1cm3

64.1mm

Ø 40mm

122m

m

87m

m11

mm

Draft point

54.5

mm


280g126cm3

62.6cm3

54.5mm

Ø 40mm

11m

m

Ø 11mm

Ø40mm SUS Cylindrical Ø40mm PTFE Cylindrical

Ø 11mm



Figure A-8: Displacers, continued

128.

8mm

85m

m2.

5mm

Draft point

45.0

mm


253g138cm3

70.8cm3

45.0mm

Ø 50.8mm

116.

6mm

85m

m2.

5mm

Draft point

45.0

mm


250g138cm3

70.8cm3

45.0mm

Ø 50.8mm89

mm

53m

m11

.5m

m

Draft point

38m

m


290g130cm3

64.7cm3

38.0mm

Ø 50.8mm

11.5

mm

Ø50mm AlloyC CylindricalØ50mm SUS Cylindrical

Ø50mm PTFE Cylindrical

93m

m

60m

m5m

m

Draft point

35m

m


290g131cm3

62.2cm3

35.0mm

Ø 50mm

16m

m12

mm

Ø50mm PTFE Conical

Ø 11mmØ 11mm


Varec, Inc. A-11

Figure A-9: Displacers, continued

90m

m

Draft point


245g122cm3

52.7cm3

16.9mm

Ø 70mm

47.6

mm

5.4m

m

16.9

mm

67m

m

26m

m2m

mØ 110 mm

Draft point10.0

mm


223g136cm3

36.3cm3

10.0mm

Ø110mm SUS Conical PTB-W&M

Ø70mm SUS Conical NMi-W&M

Varec, Inc.

Servo Tank Gauge Index

Index

Numerics453x Temperature Device Connections Settings . . 674560 Servo Monitor Connections Settings . . . . . 686005 Product Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

AAccess Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Access Code, settting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66Alarm Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113All-in-One . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Analog Output (GVF250 to 256) . . . . . . . . . . . . 66asymmetric pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

BBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54balance volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

CCable Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Cable Gland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Calculation of Level and Densities . . . . . . . . . . . 60calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115CE mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Certificates and Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Changing Measurement Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Cleaning the Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Commissioning safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Communications Address (GVH285) . . . . . . . . . 64Connections, external . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Contact Relay Alarm (GVH240 to 247) . . . . . . . 66

Ddeclaration of conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Densities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Density Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Density Profile Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . 80, 82Density Values (GVH005 to 007) . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Designated use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93Diagnosis and Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93Diagnostic Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93diagnostic history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Flowcharts . . . 97Dip Point Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Displacer

Initial Weight Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Shape, Diameter, and Material . . . . . . . . . . 111Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Weight Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Displacer Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Displacer Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59displacer status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53DISPLACER VOLUME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Displacer, 50 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Draft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Dynamic Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

EElectrostatic Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30ENRAF BPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Error and Status Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Ex approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Ex d HART Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Ex d IIB, Output 1 V1, RS485, HART, Enraf, BPM, Modbus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Ex d PT100 Spot Temperature Input . . . . . . . . . 45Ex d, Output1 Mark/Space protocol . . . . . . . . . . 42Ex ia HART input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Ex ia Pt100 Sport Temperature Input . . . . . . . . . 47explosion-proof type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2External connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

FFixed Roof Tank with Stilling Well . . . . . . . . . . . 23Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Flaoting Roof Tank Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Floating roof tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

GGauge Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Gauge status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

HHall Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Hazardous area

use of instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3hazardous area operational safety . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Hazardous area use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Hazardous Substance Datasheet . . . . . . . . . . 108High Pressure Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Home position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

IEx d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39, 43Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11IIB, Output 1 V1, RS485, HART, Enraf, BPM, Mod-bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Initial setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Input and Output specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Installation of Wire Drum and Displacer . . . . . . . 30Installation safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Installation with Displacer shipped separately . . 32

Index 6000

Installation and Operations Manual

Intelligent Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Interface Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82, 89

JJumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

LLCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96Liquid Level Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Closed Tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70Open tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

MMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Mark/Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42matrix group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Measuring Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Mounting Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 28Mounting with a Stilling Well . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Mounting with Guide Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Mounting without Guide System . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Nnameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11NRF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

OOperating Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Operating Elements functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Operation Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Operation safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Operation status, new . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Operational safety

hazardous areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Order Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

PParts

Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Pipe diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37power source

product requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1power supply cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Proactive Safety Function (GVH157/158/159) . 65product requrements

power source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Programming Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 119

RRackbus RS-485 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Relay Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Remote Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Analog Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Enraf BiPhase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Mark/Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Whessoe Matic 550 (WM550) . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Repairs to Ex Approved Devices . . . . . . . . . . . 91Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Replacing Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91RS-485 MODBUS (COM- 5) Terminator . . . . . . . 1

SSafety conventions and symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4Safety Level Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Scope of Delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Sealing the 6005 STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Software history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Spare Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Spot Density Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Static Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Surface and Interface Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

TTank Bottom Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Tank Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Temperature Input System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Touch Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

UUpper/Lower Stop (GVH161/162) . . . . . . . . . . . 64

VVarec Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

WWhessoe Matic 550 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Whessoe Matic 550 protocol non-IS . . . . . . . . . 40Whessoe Matic 550 protocol with IS . . . . . . . . . 41Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Wiring connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

ZZ PHASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

Varec, Inc. • 5834 Peachtree Corners East, Peachtree Corners (Atlanta), GA 30092 USATel: +1 (770) 447-9202 • Fax: +1 (770) 662-8939

www.varec.com

© 2015 Varec, Inc. All Rights Reserved. This document is for information purposes only. Varec, Inc. makes no warranties, express or implied, in this summary. The names of actual companies and products mentioned herein may be the trademarks of their respective owners.

Document CodeIOM007NVAE2415

6005 Servo Tank Gauge - varec.com · IOM007NVAE2415 Automation Solutions for oil & gas, defense and...

Documents

Transcript of 6005 Servo Tank Gauge - varec.com · IOM007NVAE2415 Automation Solutions for oil & gas, defense and...